Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geohazard Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, 21521-21550 [2014-08534]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Wednesday,
No. 73
April 16, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a Geohazard Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska;
Notice
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21522
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XD229
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a Geohazard
Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received an
application from BP Exploration
(Alaska) Inc. (BP) for an Incidental
Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take
marine mammals, by harassment,
incidental to conducting a shallow
geohazard survey in Foggy Island Bay,
Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the 2014
open water season. Pursuant to the
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments
on its proposal to issue an IHA to BP to
incidentally take, by Level B harassment
only, marine mammals during the
specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than May 16, 2014.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the
application should be addressed to Jolie
Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental Take
Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910. The mailbox address for
providing email comments is
ITP.Nachman@noaa.gov. NMFS is not
responsible for email comments sent to
addresses other than the one provided
here. Comments sent via email,
including all attachments, must not
exceed a 25-megabyte file size.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://www.nmfs.
noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm
without change. All Personal Identifying
Information (e.g., name, address)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
An electronic copy of the application
containing a list of the references used
in this document may be obtained by
writing to the address specified above,
telephoning the contact listed below
(see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT),
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
or visiting the internet at: https://www.
nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. Documents cited in this
notice may also be viewed, by
appointment, during regular business
hours, at the aforementioned address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Candace Nachman, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce to allow,
upon request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s), will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
subsistence uses (where relevant), and if
the permissible methods of taking, other
means of effecting the least practicable
impact on the species or stock and its
habitat, and requirements pertaining to
the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
of such takings are set forth. NMFS has
defined ‘‘negligible impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as ‘‘. . . an impact resulting
from the specified activity that cannot
be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.’’
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: ‘‘any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment].’’
Summary of Request
On February 4, 2014, NMFS received
an application from BP for the taking of
marine mammals incidental to
conducting a shallow geohazard survey.
NMFS determined that the application
was adequate and complete on March 6,
2014.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
BP proposes to conduct a shallow
geohazard survey in Federal and state
waters of Foggy Island Bay in the
Beaufort Sea during the open-water
season of 2014. The proposed activity
would occur between July 1 and
September 30; however, airgun and
other sound source equipment
operations would cease on August 25.
The following specific aspects of the
proposed activity are likely to result in
the take of marine mammals: airguns
and scientific sonars/devices. Take, by
Level B harassment only, of 9 marine
mammal species is anticipated to result
from the specified activity.
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
BP’s proposed shallow geohazard
survey would consist of two phases: a
site survey and a sonar survey. During
the first phase, the Site Survey, the
emphasis is on obtaining shallow
geohazard data using an airgun array
and a towed streamer. During the
second phase, the Sonar Survey, data
will be acquired both in the Site Survey
location and subsea pipeline corridor
area (see Figure 1 in BP’s application)
using the multibeam echosounder,
sidescan sonar, subbottom profiler, and
the magnetometer. The total discharge
volume of the airgun array will not
exceed 30 cubic inches (in3). The
program is proposed to be conducted
during the 2014 open-water season.
The purpose of the proposed shallow
geohazard survey is to evaluate
development of the Liberty field. The
Liberty reservoir is located in federal
waters in Foggy Island Bay about 8
miles (mi) east of the Endicott Satellite
Drilling Island. The project’s preferred
alternative is to build a gravel island
situated over the reservoir. In support of
the preferred alternative, a Site Survey
is planned with an emphasis on
obtaining two-dimensional highresolution (2DHR) shallow geohazard
data using an airgun array and a towed
streamer. Additional infrastructure
required for the preferred alternative
would include a subsea pipeline. A
Sonar Survey, using multibeam
echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom
profiler, and magnetometer is proposed
over the Site Survey location and subsea
pipeline corridor area. The purpose of
this proposed survey is to evaluate the
existence and location of archaeological
resources and potential geologic hazards
on the seafloor and in the shallow
subsurface.
Dates and Duration
The planned start date is
approximately July 1, 2014, with data
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
acquisition beginning when open water
conditions allow. The survey is
expected to take approximately 20 days
to complete, not including weather
downtime. Each phase of the survey
(i.e., site survey and sonar survey) has
an expected duration of 7.5 days based
on a 24-hour workday. Between the first
and second phase, the operations will
be focused on changing equipment for
about 5 days (i.e., no active sound
sources would be used to acquire data
during this time). To limit potential
impacts to the bowhead whale fall
migration and subsistence hunting,
airgun and sonar operations will cease
by midnight on August 25.
Demobilization of equipment would
continue after airgun and sonar
operations end but would be completed
by September 30. Therefore, the
proposed dates for the IHA (if issued)
are July 1 through September 30, 2014.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Specified Geographic Region
The proposed shallow geohazards
survey would occur in Federal and state
waters of Foggy Island Bay in the
Beaufort Sea, Alaska. The project area
lies mainly within the Liberty Unit but
also includes portions of the Duck
Island Unit, as well as non-unit areas.
Figure 1 in BP’s application outlines the
proposed survey acquisition areas,
including proposed boundaries for the
two phases of the project. The Phase 1
Site Survey, focused on obtaining
shallow geohazard data using an airgun
array and towed streamer, will occur
within approximately 12 mi2. The Phase
2 Sonar Survey will occur over the Site
Survey area and over approximately 5
mi2 within the 29 mi2 area identified in
Figure 1 of BP’s application. Water
depth in this area ranges from about 2–
24 ft. Activity outside the area
delineated in Figure 1 of BP’s
application may include vessel turning
while using airguns, vessel transit, and
other vessel movements for project
support and logistics. The approximate
boundaries of the two survey areas are
between 70°14′10″ N. and 70°20′20″ N.
and between 147°29′05″ W. and
148°52′30″ W.
Detailed Description of Activities
The activities associated with the
proposed shallow geohazard survey
include vessel mobilization, navigation
and data management, housing and
logistics, and data acquisition.
1. Vessel Mobilization
One vessel will be used for the
geohazard survey. The proposed survey
vessel (R/V Thunder or equivalent) is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
about 70 × 20 ft in size. This vessel will
be transported to the North Slope by
truck and prepared and launched at
West Dock or Endicott. Vessel
preparation includes the assembly of
navigation, acoustic, and safety
equipment. Initial fueling and stocking
of recording equipment will also be part
of the vessel preparations. Once
assembled, the navigation and acoustic
systems will be tested at West Dock or
at the project site.
2. Navigation and Data Management
The vessel will be equipped with
Differential Global Navigation Satellite
System receivers capable of observing
dual constellations and backup.
Corrected positions will be provided via
a precise point positioning solution. A
kinematic base station will be kept at
the housing facilities in Deadhorse to
mitigate against the inability to acquire
a precise point positioning signal. Tidal
corrections will be determined through
Global Navigation Satellite System
computation, comparison with any local
tide gauges, and, if available, with tide
gauges operated by other projects.
A navigation software package will
display known obstructions, islands,
and identified areas of sensitivity. The
software will also show the predetermined source line positions within
the two survey areas. The information
will be updated as necessary to ensure
required data coverage. The navigation
software will also record all measured
equipment offsets and corrections and
vessel and equipment position at a
frequency of no less than once per 5
seconds for the duration of the project.
3. Housing and Logistics
Approximately 20 people will be
involved in the operation. Most of the
crew will be accommodated at existing
camps, and some crew will be housed
on the vessel. Support activities, such as
crew transfers and vessel re-supply are
primarily planned to occur at Endicott
and West Dock. However, support
activities may also occur at other nearby
vessel accessible locations if needed
(e.g., East Dock). Equipment staging and
onshore support will primarily occur at
West Dock but may also take place at
other existing road-accessible pads
within the Prudhoe Bay Unit area as
necessary. For protection from weather,
the vessel may anchor near West Dock,
near the barrier islands, or other near
shore locations.
4. Data Acquisition
Equipment proposed for use during
the proposed shallow geohazard survey
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21523
includes airgun, multibeam
echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom
profiler, and a marine magnetometer.
Details related to data acquisition are
summarized next.
Survey Design: One vessel will be
used for the proposed survey. The
proposed vessel (R/V Thunder or
equivalent) is about 70 × 20 ft in size.
The airgun and streamer, sidescan
sonar, and magnetometer will be
deployed from the vessel. The
multibeam echosounder and subbottom
profiler will be hull-mounted. No
equipment will be placed on the sea
floor as part of survey activities.
The survey will acquire data in two
phases. During the first phase the
emphasis is on obtaining shallow
geohazard data in the Site Survey area
(see Figure 1 in BP’s application) using
an airgun array and a towed streamer.
During the second phase data will be
acquired in both the Site Survey and
Sonar Survey areas (see Figure 1 in BP’s
application) using the multibeam
echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom
profiler, and the magnetometer. Each
phase has an expected duration of about
7.5 days, based on a 24-hour workday.
Between the first and second phase the
operations will be focused on changing
equipment for about 5 days.
2DHR Seismic: High-resolution
seismic data acquisition will only take
place during Phase 1 in the Site Survey
area. The 2DHR seismic source will
consist of one of two potential arrays,
each with a discharge volume of 30 in3
and containing multiple airguns. The
first array option will have three 10 in3
airguns, and the other array option will
have a 20 in3 and a 10 in3 airgun. Table
1 in this document and BP’s application
summarizes airgun array specifics for
each option. A 5 in3 airgun will be
utilized as the mitigation gun. The tow
depth will be about 3 ft.
The receivers will be placed on a
streamer that is towed behind the source
vessel. The streamer will be about 984
ft in length and will contain 48 receivers
at about 20 ft spacing.
Seismic data will be acquired on two
grids. Grid 1 will contain lines spaced
at 492 ft with perpendicular 984 ft
spaced lines. Grid 2 will contain
approximately 65 ft spaced lines. The
total line length of both grids will be
about 342 miles.
The vessel will travel with a speed of
approximately 3–4 knots. The seismic
pulse interval is 20.5 ft, which means a
shot every 3 to 4 seconds.
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21524
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
TABLE 1—PROPOSED 30 IN3 AIRGUN ARRAY CONFIGURATIONS AND SOURCE SIGNATURES AS PREDICTED BY THE
GUNDALF AIRGUN ARRAY MODEL FOR 1 M DEPTH
Array specifics
30 in3 Array option 1
Number of guns ..................................................
Three 2000 psi sleeve airguns (3 x 10 in3) .....
Zero to peak .......................................................
Peak to peak ......................................................
RMS pressure ....................................................
Dominant frequencies ........................................
4.89 bar-m (∼234 dB re μPa @1 m) ...............
9.75 bar-m (∼240 dB re μPa @1 m) ...............
0.28 bar-m (∼209 dB re μPa @1 m) ...............
About 20–300 Hz .............................................
Multibeam Echosounder and
Sidescan Sonar: A multibeam
echosounder and sidescan sonar will be
used to obtain high accuracy
information regarding bathymetry and
isonification of the seafloor. For
accurate object detection, a side scan
sonar survey is required to complement
a multibeam echosounder survey.
The proposed multibeam
echosounder operates at a root mean
squared (rms) source level of
approximately 220 dB re 1 mPa at 1 m.
The multibeam echosounder emits high
frequency energy in a fan-shaped
pattern of equidistant or equiangular
beam spacing. The beam width of the
emitted sound energy in the along track
direction is 2 degrees at 200 kilohertz
(kHz) and 1 degree at 400 kHz, while the
across track beam width is 1 degree at
200 kHz and 0.5 degrees at 400 kHz (see
Table 2 in BP’s application and this
document). The maximum ping rate of
the multibeam echosounder is 60 Hz.
The proposed sidescan sonar system
will operate at about 100 kHz (120 kHz
to 135 kHz) and 400 kHz (400 kHz to
450 kHz). The estimated rms source
level is approximately 215 dB re 1 mPa
30 in3 Array option 2
at 1 m (Table 2). The sound energy is
emitted in a narrow fan-shaped pattern,
with a horizontal beam width of 1.5
degrees for 100 kHz and 0.4 degrees at
400 kHz, with a vertical beam height of
50 degrees. The maximum ping rate of
the sidescan sonar is 30 Hz.
Data acquisition with the multibeam
echosounder and sidescan sonar data
will take place along all grids in the
Sonar Survey area. Additional
multibeam echosounder and sidescan
sonar infill lines will be added to obtain
150% coverage over certain areas.
In addition, BP may conduct a strudel
scour survey in the Kadleroshilik and
Sagavanirktok River overflood areas for
about 3 days, depending on results from
reconnaissance flights in June. This data
would be collected from a separate
vessel equipped with a multibeam
echosounder and sidescan sonar. These
units would operate at a frequency of
about 400 kHz. Because this operating
frequency is outside the hearing range of
marine mammals, the strudel scour
survey is not part of BP’s IHA
application and is not analyzed further.
Subbottom Profiler: The purpose of
the subbottom profiler is to provide an
Two 2000 psi sleeve airguns (1 x
10 in3).
3.62 bar-m (∼231 dB re 1 μPa @1
7.04 bar-m (∼237 dB re 1 μPa @1
0.22 bar-m (∼207 dB re 1 μPa @1
About 20–300 Hz.
20 in3, 1 x
m).
m).
m).
accurate digital image of the shallow
sub-surface sea bottom, below the mud
line. The proposed system emits energy
in the frequency bands of 2 to 16 kHz
(Table 2). The beam width is 15 to 24
degrees, depending on the center
frequency. Typical pulse rate is between
3 and 6 Hz. Subbottom profiler data will
be acquired continuously along all grids
during Phase 2 of the operations (i.e.,
after 2DHR seismic data has been
obtained).
Magnetometer: A marine
magnetometer will be used for the
detection of magnetic deflection
generated by geologic features, and
buried or exposed ferrous objects, which
may be related to archaeological
artifacts or modern man-made debris.
The magnetometer will be towed at a
sufficient distance behind the vessel to
avoid data pollution by the vessel’s
magnetic properties. Magnetometers
measure changes in magnetic fields over
the seabed and do not produce sounds.
Therefore, this piece of equipment is not
anticipated to result in the take of
marine mammals and is not analyzed
further in this document.
TABLE 2—SOURCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PROPOSED GEOPHYSICAL SURVEY EQUIPMENT OF THE LIBERTY
GEOHAZARD SURVEY
Equipment
Operating frequency
Multibeam echosounder ....................................
Sidescan sonar ..................................................
200–400 kHz ........................
120–135 kHz ........................
400–450 kHz ........................
2–16 kHz ..............................
Subbottom profiler .............................................
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activity
The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse
assemblage of marine mammals. Table 3
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Along track
beam width
Across track
beam width
1–2°
1.5°
0.4°
15–24°
RMS sound pressure level
0.5–1°
50°
50°
15–24°
∼220 dB re 1 μPa @1m.
∼215 dB re 1 μPa @1m.
∼216 dB re 1 μPa @1m.
lists the 12 marine mammal species
under NMFS jurisdiction with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the
proposed project area.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
AREA
Common name
Odontocetes ...............
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea stock).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Scientific name
Delphinapterus
leucas.
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
Status
Occurrence
Seasonality
Range
.............................
Common .............
Mostly spring and
fall with some
in summer.
Russia to Canada
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Abundance
39,258
21525
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
AREA—Continued
Common name
Scientific name
Status
Occurrence
Seasonality
Range
Killer whale .................
Orcinus orca .......
.............................
Harbor porpoise .........
Phocoena
phocoena.
Monodon
monoceros.
Balaena
mysticetus.
.............................
Occasional/
Extralimital.
Occasional/
Extralimital.
.............................
Mostly summer
and early fall.
Mostly summer
and early fall.
.............................
California to Alaska.
California to Alaska.
.............................
45,358
Endangered; Depleted.
Common .............
Mostly spring and
fall with some
in summer.
Mostly summer ...
Russia to Canada
16,892
19,126
810–1,003
21,063
Narwhal ......................
Mysticetes ..................
Bowhead whale ..........
.............................
Abundance
552
48,215
Gray whale .................
Eschrichtius
robustus.
.............................
Somewhat common.
Minke whale ...............
Balaenoptera
acutorostrata.
Megaptera
novaeangliae.
.............................
.............................
.............................
Mexico to the
U.S. Arctic
Ocean.
.............................
Endangered; Depleted.
.............................
.............................
.............................
Erigathus
barbatus.
Threatened; Depleted.
Common .............
Spring and summer.
Bering, Chukchi,
and Beaufort
Seas.
155,000
Phoca hispida .....
Threatened; Depleted.
Common .............
Year round ..........
300,000
Spotted seal ...............
Phoca largha ......
.............................
Common .............
Summer ..............
Ribbon seal ................
Histriophoca
fasciata.
Species of concern.
Occasional ..........
Summer ..............
Bering, Chukchi,
and Beaufort
Seas.
Japan to U.S.
Arctic Ocean.
Russia to U.S.
Arctic Ocean.
Humpback whale
(Central North Pacific stock).
Pinnipeds ....................
Bearded seal (Beringia
distinct population
segment).
Ringed seal (Arctic
stock).
141,479
49,000
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.
The highlighted (grayed out) species
in Table 3 are so rarely sighted in the
central Alaskan Beaufort Sea that their
presence in the proposed project area,
and therefore take, is unlikely. Minke
whales are relatively common in the
Bering and southern Chukchi seas and
have recently also been sighted in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea (Aerts et al.,
2013; Clarke et al., 2013). Minke whales
are rare in the Beaufort Sea. They have
not been reported in the Beaufort Sea
during the Bowhead Whale Aerial
Survey Project/Aerial Surveys of Arctic
Marine Mammals (BWASP/ASAMM)
surveys (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013;
Monnet and Treacy, 2005), and there
was only one observation in 2007
during vessel-based surveys in the
region (Funk et al., 2010). Humpback
whales have not generally been found in
the Arctic Ocean. However, subsistence
hunters have spotted humpback whales
in low numbers around Barrow, and
there have been several confirmed
sightings of humpback whales in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea in recent
years (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et al.,
2013). The first confirmed sighting of a
humpback whale in the Beaufort Sea
was recorded in August 2007 (Hashagen
et al., 2009) when a cow and calf were
observed 54 mi east of Point Barrow. No
additional sightings have been
documented in the Beaufort Sea.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
Narwhal are common in the waters of
northern Canada, west Greenland, and
in the European Arctic, but rarely occur
in the Beaufort Sea (COSEWIC, 2004).
Only a handful of sightings have
occurred in Alaskan waters (Allen and
Angliss, 2013). These three species are
not considered further in this proposed
IHA notice. Both the walrus and the
polar bear could occur in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea; however, these species are
managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS) and are not
considered further in this Notice of
Proposed IHA.
The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of
the bowhead whale migration route. The
main migration periods occur in spring
from April to June and in fall from late
August/early September through
October to early November. During the
fall migration, several locations in the
U.S. Beaufort Sea serve as feeding
grounds for bowhead whales. Small
numbers of bowhead whales that remain
in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer
also feed in these areas. The U.S.
Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding or
calving area for any other cetacean
species. Ringed seals breed and pup in
the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not
occur during the summer or early fall.
Further information on the biology and
local distribution of these species can be
found in BP’s application (see
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine
Mammal Stock Assessment Reports,
which are available online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that the types of
stressors associated with the specified
activity (e.g., seismic airgun, sidescan
sonar, subbottom profiler, vessel
movement) have been observed to or are
thought to impact marine mammals.
This section may include a discussion
of known effects that do not rise to the
level of an MMPA take (for example,
with acoustics, we may include a
discussion of studies that showed
animals not reacting at all to sound or
exhibiting barely measurable
avoidance). The discussion may also
include reactions that we consider to
rise to the level of a take and those that
we do not consider to rise to the level
of a take. This section is intended as a
background of potential effects and does
not consider either the specific manner
in which this activity will be carried out
or the mitigation that will be
implemented or how either of those will
shape the anticipated impacts from this
specific activity. The ‘‘Estimated Take
by Incidental Harassment’’ section later
in this document will include a
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21526
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
quantitative analysis of the number of
individuals that are expected to be taken
by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
Analysis’’ section will include the
analysis of how this specific activity
will impact marine mammals and will
consider the content of this section, the
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section, the ‘‘Mitigation’’
section, and the ‘‘Anticipated Effects on
Marine Mammal Habitat’’ section to
draw conclusions regarding the likely
impacts of this activity on the
reproductive success or survivorship of
individuals and from that on the
affected marine mammal populations or
stocks.
Background on Sound
Sound is a physical phenomenon
consisting of minute vibrations that
travel through a medium, such as air or
water, and is generally characterized by
several variables. Frequency describes
the sound’s pitch and is measured in
hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while
sound level describes the sound’s
intensity and is measured in decibels
(dB). Sound level increases or decreases
exponentially with each dB of change.
The logarithmic nature of the scale
means that each 10-dB increase is a 10fold increase in acoustic power (and a
20-dB increase is then a 100-fold
increase in power). A 10-fold increase in
acoustic power does not mean that the
sound is perceived as being 10 times
louder, however. Sound levels are
compared to a reference sound pressure
(micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.
For air and water, these reference
pressures are ‘‘re: 20 mPa’’ and ‘‘re: 1
mPa,’’ respectively. Root mean square
(RMS) is the quadratic mean sound
pressure over the duration of an
impulse. RMS is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging
the squares, and then taking the square
root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS
accounts for both positive and negative
values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be
accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part, because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units rather than by peak
pressures.
Acoustic Impacts
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
behavioral data, audiograms have been
derived using auditory evoked
potentials, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al. (2007)
designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
for marine mammals and estimate the
lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (though
animals are less sensitive to sounds at
the outer edge of their functional range
and most sensitive to sounds of
frequencies within a smaller range
somewhere in the middle of their
functional hearing range):
• Low frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 30 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,
and four species of cephalorhynchids):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz;
• Phocid pinnipeds in Water:
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 75 Hz and 100
kHz; and
• Otariid pinnipeds in Water:
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 100 Hz and 40
kHz.
As mentioned previously in this
document, nine marine mammal species
(five cetaceans and four phocid
pinnipeds) may occur in the proposed
seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean
species likely to occur in the proposed
project area and for which take is
requested, two are classified as lowfrequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and
gray whales), two are classified as midfrequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga and
killer whales), and one is classified as
a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor
porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A
species functional hearing group is a
consideration when we analyze the
effects of exposure to sound on marine
mammals.
1. Tolerance
Numerous studies have shown that
underwater sounds from industry
activities are often readily detectable by
marine mammals in the water at
distances of many kilometers.
Numerous studies have also shown that
marine mammals at distances more than
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
a few kilometers away often show no
apparent response to industry activities
of various types (Miller et al., 2005; Bain
and Williams, 2006). This is often true
even in cases when the sounds must be
readily audible to the animals based on
measured received levels and the
hearing sensitivity of that mammal
group. Although various baleen whales,
toothed whales, and (less frequently)
pinnipeds have been shown to react
behaviorally to underwater sound such
as airgun pulses or vessels under some
conditions, at other times mammals of
all three types have shown no overt
reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;
Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and
Mohl, 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs
and Terhune, 2002; Madsen et al., 2002;
Miller et al., 2005). Weir (2008)
observed marine mammal responses to
seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array
firing a total volume of either 5,085 in3
or 3,147 in3 in Angolan waters between
August 2004 and May 2005. Weir
recorded a total of 207 sightings of
humpback whales (n = 66), sperm
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted
dolphins (n = 17) and reported that
there were no significant differences in
encounter rates (sightings/hr) for
humpback and sperm whales according
to the airgun array’s operational status
(i.e., active versus silent). The airgun
arrays used in the Weir (2008) study
were much larger than the array
proposed for use during this proposed
survey (total discharge volume of 30
in3). In general, pinnipeds and small
odontocetes seem to be more tolerant of
exposure to some types of underwater
sound than are baleen whales.
Richardson et al. (1995) found that
vessel noise does not seem to strongly
affect pinnipeds that are already in the
water. Richardson et al. (1995) went on
to explain that seals on haul-outs
sometimes respond strongly to the
presence of vessels and at other times
appear to show considerable tolerance
of vessels.
2. Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
interest by other sounds, often at similar
frequencies. Marine mammals use
acoustic signals for a variety of
purposes, which differ among species,
but include communication between
individuals, navigation, foraging,
reproduction, avoiding predators, and
learning about their environment (Erbe
and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000).
Masking, or auditory interference,
generally occurs when sounds in the
environment are louder than, and of a
similar frequency as, auditory signals an
animal is trying to receive. Masking is
a phenomenon that affects animals that
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
are trying to receive acoustic
information about their environment,
including sounds from other members
of their species, predators, prey, and
sounds that allow them to orient in their
environment. Masking these acoustic
signals can disturb the behavior of
individual animals, groups of animals,
or entire populations.
Masking occurs when anthropogenic
sounds and signals (that the animal
utilizes) overlap at both spectral and
temporal scales. For the airgun sound
generated from the proposed seismic
survey, sound will consist of low
frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with
extremely short durations (less than one
second). Lower frequency man-made
sounds are more likely to affect
detection of communication calls and
other potentially important natural
sounds such as surf and prey noise.
There is little concern regarding
masking near the sound source due to
the brief duration of these pulses and
relatively longer silence between airgun
shots (approximately 3–4 seconds).
However, at long distances (over tens of
kilometers away), due to multipath
propagation and reverberation, the
durations of airgun pulses can be
‘‘stretched’’ to seconds with long decays
(Madsen et al., 2006), although the
intensity of the sound is greatly
reduced.
This could affect communication
signals used by low frequency
mysticetes when they occur near the
noise band and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and cause increased
stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt
et al., 2009). Marine mammals are
thought to be able to compensate for
masking by adjusting their acoustic
behavior by shifting call frequencies,
and/or increasing call volume and
vocalization rates. For example, blue
whales are found to increase call rates
when exposed to seismic survey noise
in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio
and Clark, 2010). The North Atlantic
right whales exposed to high shipping
noise increase call frequency (Parks et
al., 2007), while some humpback
whales respond to low-frequency active
sonar playbacks by increasing song
length (Miller el al., 2000). Bowhead
whale calls are frequently detected in
the presence of seismic pulses, although
the number of calls detected may
sometimes be reduced (Richardson et
al., 1986; Greene et al., 1999), possibly
because animals moved away from the
sound source or ceased calling
(Blackwell et al., 2013). Additionally,
beluga whales have been known to
change their vocalizations in the
presence of high background noise
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et
al., 1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele
et al., 2005). Although some degree of
masking is inevitable when high levels
of manmade broadband sounds are
introduced into the sea, marine
mammals have evolved systems and
behavior that function to reduce the
impacts of masking. Structured signals,
such as the echolocation click
sequences of small toothed whales, may
be readily detected even in the presence
of strong background noise because
their frequency content and temporal
features usually differ strongly from
those of the background noise (Au and
Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of
background noise that are similar in
frequency to the sound signal in
question primarily determine the degree
of masking of that signal.
Redundancy and context can also
facilitate detection of weak signals.
These phenomena may help marine
mammals detect weak sounds in the
presence of natural or manmade noise.
Most masking studies in marine
mammals present the test signal and the
masking noise from the same direction.
The sound localization abilities of
marine mammals suggest that, if signal
and noise come from different
directions, masking would not be as
severe as the usual types of masking
studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,
1995). The dominant background noise
may be highly directional if it comes
from a particular anthropogenic source
such as a ship or industrial site.
Directional hearing may significantly
reduce the masking effects of these
sounds by improving the effective
signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of
higher frequency hearing by the
bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and
killer whale, empirical evidence
confirms that masking depends strongly
on the relative directions of arrival of
sound signals and the masking noise
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990;
Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim,
1994). Toothed whales, and probably
other marine mammals as well, have
additional capabilities besides
directional hearing that can facilitate
detection of sounds in the presence of
background noise. There is evidence
that some toothed whales can shift the
dominant frequencies of their
echolocation signals from a frequency
range with a lot of ambient noise toward
frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990;
Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A
few marine mammal species are known
to increase the source levels or alter the
frequency of their calls in the presence
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21527
of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim,
1987; Au, 1993; Lesage et al., 1993,
1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004;
Parks et al., 2007, 2009; Di Iorio and
Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009).
These data demonstrating adaptations
for reduced masking pertain mainly to
the very high frequency echolocation
signals of toothed whales. There is less
information about the existence of
corresponding mechanisms at moderate
or low frequencies or in other types of
marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
et al. (1980) found that, for the
bottlenose dolphin, the angular
separation between a sound source and
a masking noise source had little effect
on the degree of masking when the
sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast
to the pronounced effect at higher
frequencies. Directional hearing has
been demonstrated at frequencies as low
as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine
mammals, including killer whales
(Richardson et al., 1995). This ability
may be useful in reducing masking at
these frequencies. In summary, high
levels of sound generated by
anthropogenic activities may act to
mask the detection of weaker
biologically important sounds by some
marine mammals. This masking may be
more prominent for lower frequencies.
For higher frequencies, such as that
used in echolocation by toothed whales,
several mechanisms are available that
may allow them to reduce the effects of
such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally
react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are
often shown as: changing durations of
surfacing and dives, number of blows
per surfacing, or moving direction and/
or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain
behavioral activities (such as socializing
or feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located;
and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds
flushing into water from haulouts or
rookeries).
The biological significance of many of
these behavioral disturbances is difficult
to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However,
the consequences of behavioral
modification have the potential to be
biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Examples of significant
behavioral modifications include:
• Drastic change in diving/surfacing
patterns (such as those thought to be
causing beaked whale stranding due to
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21528
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
exposure to military mid-frequency
tactical sonar);
• Habitat abandonment due to loss of
desirable acoustic environment; and
• Cessation of feeding or social
interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic noise depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
noise sources and their paths) and the
receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, current
activity, reproductive state) and is also
difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004;
Southall et al., 2007; Ellison et al.,
2011).
Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally
tend to avoid operating airguns, but
avoidance radii are quite variable.
Whales are often reported to show no
overt reactions to pulses from large
arrays of airguns at distances beyond a
few kilometers, even though the airgun
pulses remain well above ambient noise
levels out to much greater distances
(Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen
whales exposed to strong noise pulses
often react by deviating from their
normal migration route (Richardson et
al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
whales were observed avoiding the
sound source by displacing their
migration route to varying degrees but
within the natural boundaries of the
migration corridors (Schick and Urban,
2000; Richardson et al., 1999; Malme et
al., 1983). Baleen whale responses to
pulsed sound however may depend on
the type of activity in which the whales
are engaged. Some evidence suggests
that feeding bowhead whales may be
more tolerant of underwater sound than
migrating bowheads (Miller et al., 2005;
Lyons et al., 2009; Christie et al., 2010).
Results of studies of gray, bowhead,
and humpback whales have determined
that received levels of pulses in the
160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms range seem to
cause obvious avoidance behavior in a
substantial fraction of the animals
exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses
from large arrays of airguns diminish to
those levels at distances ranging from
2.8–9 mi (4.5–14.5 km) from the source.
For the much smaller airgun array used
during BP’s proposed survey (total
discharge volume of 30 in3), the
distance to received levels in the 160 dB
re 1 mPa rms range is estimated to be 1
mi (1.6 km). Baleen whales within those
distances may show avoidance or other
strong disturbance reactions to the
airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes
sometimes become evident at somewhat
lower received levels, and recent studies
have shown that some species of baleen
whales, notably bowhead and
humpback whales, at times show strong
avoidance at received levels lower than
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms. Bowhead
whales migrating west across the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in
particular, are unusually responsive,
with avoidance occurring out to
distances of 12.4–18.6 mi (20–30 km)
from a medium-sized airgun source
(Miller et al., 1999; Richardson et al.,
1999). However, more recent research
on bowhead whales (Miller et al., 2005)
corroborates earlier evidence that,
during the summer feeding season,
bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic
sources. In summer, bowheads typically
begin to show avoidance reactions at a
received level of about 160–170 dB re 1
mPa rms (Richardson et al., 1986;
Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al.,
2005).
Malme et al. (1986, 1988) studied the
responses of feeding eastern gray whales
to pulses from a single 100 in3 airgun off
St. Lawrence Island in the northern
Bering Sea. They estimated, based on
small sample sizes, that 50% of feeding
gray whales ceased feeding at an average
received pressure level of 173 dB re 1
mPa on an (approximate) rms basis, and
that 10% of feeding whales interrupted
feeding at received levels of 163 dB.
Those findings were generally
consistent with the results of
experiments conducted on larger
numbers of gray whales that were
migrating along the California coast and
on observations of the distribution of
feeding Western Pacific gray whales off
Sakhalin Island, Russia, during a
seismic survey (Yazvenko et al., 2007).
Data on short-term reactions (or lack
of reactions) of cetaceans to impulsive
noises do not necessarily provide
information about long-term effects.
While it is not certain whether
impulsive noises affect reproductive
rate or distribution and habitat use in
subsequent days or years, certain
species have continued to use areas
ensonified by airguns and have
continued to increase in number despite
successive years of anthropogenic
activity in the area. Gray whales
continued to migrate annually along the
west coast of North America despite
intermittent seismic exploration and
much ship traffic in that area for
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al.,
1984). Bowhead whales continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each
summer despite seismic exploration in
their summer and autumn range for
many years (Richardson et al., 1987).
Populations of both gray whales and
bowhead whales grew substantially
during this time. In any event, the
proposed survey will occur in summer
(July through late August) when most
bowhead whales are commonly feeding
in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported fewer
behavioral responses to aircraft
overflights by bowhead compared to
beluga whales. Behaviors classified as
reactions consisted of short surfacings,
immediate dives or turns, changes in
behavior state, vigorous swimming, and
breaching. Most bowhead reaction
resulted from exposure to helicopter
activity and little response to fixed-wing
aircraft was observed. Most reactions
occurred when the helicopter was at
altitudes ≤492 ft (150 m) and lateral
distances ≤820 ft (250 m; Nowacek et
al., 2007).
During their study, Patenaude et al.
(2002) observed one bowhead whale
cow-calf pair during four passes totaling
2.8 hours of the helicopter and two pairs
during Twin Otter overflights. All of the
helicopter passes were at altitudes of
49–98 ft (15–30 m). The mother dove
both times she was at the surface, and
the calf dove once out of the four times
it was at the surface. For the cow-calf
pair sightings during Twin Otter
overflights, the authors did not note any
behaviors specific to those pairs. Rather,
the reactions of the cow-calf pairs were
lumped with the reactions of other
groups that did not consist of calves.
Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore
and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few
studies that observed responses of gray
whales to aircraft. Cow-calf pairs were
quite sensitive to a turboprop survey
flown at 1,000 ft (305 m) altitude on the
Alaskan summering grounds. In that
survey, adults were seen swimming over
the calf, or the calf swam under the
adult (Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same
aircraft circled for more than 10 minutes
at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group
of mating gray whales, no reactions
were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987,
cited in Moore and Clarke, 2002).
Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson
et al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002)
conducted playback experiments on
migrating gray whales. They exposed
the animals to underwater noise
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter
(estimated altitude = 328 ft [100 m]), at
an average of three simulated passes per
minute. The authors observed that
whales changed their swimming course
and sometimes slowed down in
response to the playback sound but
proceeded to migrate past the
transducer. Migrating gray whales did
not react overtly to a Bell 212 helicopter
at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude,
occasionally reacted when the
helicopter was at 1,000–1,198 ft (305–
365 m), and usually reacted when it was
below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest
Research Associates, 1988, cited in
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that
study included abrupt turns or dives or
both. Green et al. (1992, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995) observed that
migrating gray whales rarely exhibited
noticeable reactions to a straight-line
overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60
m) altitude.
Odontocetes: Few systematic data are
available describing reactions of toothed
whales to noise pulses. However,
systematic work on sperm whales is
underway (Tyack et al., 2003), and there
is an increasing amount of information
about responses of various odontocetes
to seismic surveys based on monitoring
studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al.,
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005). Miller
et al. (2009) conducted at-sea
experiments where reactions of sperm
whales were monitored through the use
of controlled sound exposure
experiments from large airgun arrays
consisting of 20-guns and 31-guns. Of 8
sperm whales observed, none changed
their behavior when exposed to either a
ramp-up at 4–8 mi (7–13 km) or full
array exposures at 0.6–8 mi (1–13 km).
Seismic operators and marine
mammal observers sometimes see
dolphins and other small toothed
whales near operating airgun arrays,
but, in general, there seems to be a
tendency for most delphinids to show
some limited avoidance of seismic
vessels operating large airgun systems.
However, some dolphins seem to be
attracted to the seismic vessel and
floats, and some ride the bow wave of
the seismic vessel even when large
arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless,
there have been indications that small
toothed whales sometimes move away
or maintain a somewhat greater distance
from the vessel when a large array of
airguns is operating than when it is
silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;
Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone,
2003). The beluga may be a species that
(at least in certain geographic areas)
shows long-distance avoidance of
seismic vessels. Aerial surveys during
seismic operations in the southeastern
Beaufort Sea recorded much lower
sighting rates of beluga whales within
10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi) of an active
seismic vessel. These results were
consistent with the low number of
beluga sightings reported by observers
aboard the seismic vessel, suggesting
that some belugas might have been
avoiding the seismic operations at
distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)
(Miller et al., 2005).
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of
more relevance in this project) beluga
whales exhibit changes in behavior
when exposed to strong pulsed sounds
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
similar in duration to those typically
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al.,
2002, 2005). However, the animals
tolerated high received levels of sound
(pk-pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Observers stationed on seismic
vessels operating off the United
Kingdom from 1997–2000 have
provided data on the occurrence and
behavior of various toothed whales
exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;
Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were
found to be significantly farther from
large airgun arrays during periods of
shooting compared with periods of no
shooting. The displacement of the
median distance from the array was
approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or more.
Killer whales also appear to be more
tolerant of seismic shooting in deeper
water.
Reactions of toothed whales to large
arrays of airguns are variable and, at
least for delphinids, seem to be confined
to a smaller radius than has been
observed for mysticetes. However, based
on the limited existing evidence,
belugas should not be grouped with
delphinids in the ‘‘less responsive’’
category.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that
beluga whales appeared to be more
responsive to aircraft overflights than
bowhead whales. Changes were
observed in diving and respiration
behavior, and some whales veered away
when a helicopter passed at ≤820 ft (250
m) lateral distance at altitudes up to 492
ft (150 m). However, some belugas
showed no reaction to the helicopter.
Belugas appeared to show less response
to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter
overflights.
Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to
show a strong avoidance reaction to the
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual
monitoring from seismic vessels has
shown only slight (if any) avoidance of
airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if
any) changes in behavior. Monitoring
work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
1996–2001 provided considerable
information regarding the behavior of
Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic
pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16
airguns with total volumes of 560 to
1,500 in3. The combined results suggest
that some seals avoid the immediate
area around seismic vessels. In most
survey years, ringed seal sightings
tended to be farther away from the
seismic vessel when the airguns were
operating than when they were not
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However,
these avoidance movements were
relatively small, on the order of 100 m
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21529
(328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and
many seals remained within 100–200 m
(328–656 ft) of the trackline as the
operating airgun array passed by. Seal
sighting rates at the water surface were
lower during airgun array operations
than during no-airgun periods in each
survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals
are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds
from seal-scaring devices (Mate and
Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994;
Richardson et al., 1995). However,
initial telemetry work suggests that
avoidance and other behavioral
reactions by two other species of seals
to small airgun sources may at times be
stronger than evident to date from visual
studies of pinniped reactions to airguns
(Thompson et al., 1998). Even if
reactions of the species occurring in the
present study area are as strong as those
evident in the telemetry study, reactions
are expected to be confined to relatively
small distances and durations, with no
long-term effects on pinniped
individuals or populations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12
ringed seals during low-altitude
overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at
Northstar in June and July 2000 (9
observations took place concurrent with
pipe-driving activities). One seal
showed no reaction to the aircraft while
the remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either
by looking at the helicopter (n = 10) or
by departing from their basking site (n
= 1). Blackwell et al. (2004) concluded
that none of the reactions to helicopters
were strong or long lasting, and that
seals near Northstar in June and July
2000 probably had habituated to
industrial sounds and visible activities
that had occurred often during the
preceding winter and spring. There have
been few systematic studies of pinniped
reactions to aircraft overflights, and
most of the available data concern
pinnipeds hauled out on land or ice
rather than pinnipeds in the water
(Richardson et al., 1995; Born et al.,
1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss
of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced
hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be
louder for an animal to detect them)
following exposure to an intense sound
or sound for long duration, it is referred
to as a noise-induced threshold shift
(TS). An animal can experience
temporary threshold shift (TTS) or
permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS
can last from minutes or hours to days
(i.e., there is complete recovery), can
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,
an animal might only have a temporary
loss of hearing sensitivity between the
frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21530
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
be of varying amounts (for example, an
animal’s hearing sensitivity might be
reduced initially by only 6 dB or
reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,
but some recovery is possible. PTS can
also occur in a specific frequency range
and amount as mentioned above for
TTS.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TS: Effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
The amplitude, duration, frequency,
temporal pattern, and energy
distribution of sound exposure all can
affect the amount of associated TS and
the frequency range in which it occurs.
As amplitude and duration of sound
exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the
recovery time. For intermittent sounds,
less TS could occur than compared to a
continuous exposure with the same
energy (some recovery could occur
between intermittent exposures
depending on the duty cycle between
sounds) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward,
1997). For example, one short but loud
(higher SPL) sound exposure may
induce the same impairment as one
longer but softer sound, which in turn
may cause more impairment than a
series of several intermittent softer
sounds with the same total energy
(Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS
is temporary, prolonged exposure to
sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or
shorter-term exposure to sound levels
well above the TTS threshold, can cause
PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals
(Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of
the proposed shallow geohazard survey,
animals are not expected to be exposed
to sound levels for durations long
enough to result in PTS.
PTS is considered auditory injury
(Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
damage to the inner or outer cochlear
hair cells may cause PTS; however,
other mechanisms are also involved,
such as exceeding the elastic limits of
certain tissues and membranes in the
middle and inner ears and resultant
changes in the chemical composition of
the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
2007).
Although the published body of
scientific literature contains numerous
theoretical studies and discussion
papers on hearing impairments that can
occur with exposure to a loud sound,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
only a few studies provide empirical
information on the levels at which
noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
occurs in nonhuman animals. For
marine mammals, published data are
limited to the captive bottlenose
dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and
Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et
al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007,
2010a, 2010b; Finneran and Schlundt,
2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al.,
2009a, 2009b; Popov et al., 2011a,
2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt
et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003,
2004). For pinnipeds in water, data are
limited to measurements of TTS in
harbor seals, an elephant seal, and
California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999,
2005; Kastelein et al., 2012b).
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that occurs during a
time where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds
present. Alternatively, a larger amount
and longer duration of TTS sustained
during time when communication is
critical for successful mother/calf
interactions could have more serious
impacts. Also, depending on the degree
and frequency range, the effects of PTS
on an animal could range in severity,
although it is considered generally more
serious because it is a permanent
condition. Of note, reduced hearing
sensitivity as a simple function of aging
has been observed in marine mammals,
as well as humans and other taxa
(Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer
that strategies exist for coping with this
condition to some degree, though likely
not without cost.
Marine mammals are unlikely to be
exposed to received levels of seismic
pulses strong enough to cause more than
slight TTS, and, given the higher level
of sound necessary to cause PTS, it is
even less likely that PTS could occur as
a result of the proposed shallow
geohazard survey.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might
occur in marine mammals exposed to
strong underwater sound. Possible types
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
of non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source
include stress, neurological effects,
bubble formation, and other types of
organ or tissue damage. Some marine
mammal species (i.e., beaked whales)
may be especially susceptible to injury
and/or stranding when exposed to
strong pulsed sounds.
Classic stress responses begin when
an animal’s central nervous system
perceives a potential threat to its
homeostasis. That perception triggers
stress responses regardless of whether a
stimulus actually threatens the animal;
the mere perception of a threat is
sufficient to trigger a stress response
(Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense
that consists of a combination of the
four general biological defense
responses: Behavioral responses;
autonomic nervous system responses;
neuroendocrine responses; or immune
responses.
In the case of many stressors, an
animal’s first and most economical (in
terms of biotic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor or avoidance of continued
exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
second line of defense to stressors
involves the sympathetic part of the
autonomic nervous system and the
classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,
which includes the cardiovascular
system, the gastrointestinal system, the
exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart
rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
activity that humans commonly
associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses
have a relatively short duration and may
or may not have significant long-term
effects on an animal’s welfare.
An animal’s third line of defense to
stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
sympathetic nervous systems; the
system that has received the most study
has been the hypothalmus-pituitaryadrenal system (also known as the HPA
axis in mammals or the hypothalamuspituitary-interrenal axis in fish and
some reptiles). Unlike stress responses
associated with the autonomic nervous
system, virtually all neuroendocrine
functions that are affected by stress—
including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and
behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction
(Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),
reduced immune competence (Blecha,
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
2000), and behavioral disturbance.
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,
corticosterone, and aldosterone in
marine mammals; see Romano et al.,
2004) have been equated with stress for
many years.
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
distress is the biotic cost of the
response. During a stress response, an
animal uses glycogen stores that can be
quickly replenished once the stress is
alleviated. In such circumstances, the
cost of the stress response would not
pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from
other biotic functions, which impair
those functions that experience the
diversion. For example, when mounting
a stress response diverts energy away
from growth in young animals, those
animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response
diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
reproductive success and fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will
have entered a pre-pathological or
pathological state which is called
‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its
biotic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function. Note that these
examples involved a long-term (days or
weeks) stress response exposure to
stimuli.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled
experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been
studied, it is not surprising that stress
responses and their costs have been
documented in both laboratory and freeliving animals (for examples see,
Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has
been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to
anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
of other marine animals and terrestrial
animals would lead us to expect some
marine mammals to experience
physiological stress responses and,
perhaps, physiological responses that
would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
For example, Jansen (1998) reported
on the relationship between acoustic
exposures and physiological responses
that are indicative of stress responses in
humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
reported on reductions in human
performance when faced with acute,
repetitive exposures to acoustic
disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
reported on the physiological stress
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology
stress responses of endangered Sonoran
pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noiseinduced physiological transient stress
responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and
Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that
accompanied damage to the inner ears
of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses
marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment
and communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the
relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, we assume that reducing a
marine mammal’s ability to gather
information about its environment and
communicate with other members of its
species would induce stress, based on
data that terrestrial animals exhibit
those responses under similar
conditions (NRC, 2003) and because
marine mammals use hearing as their
primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,
we assume that acoustic exposures
sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS
would be accompanied by physiological
stress responses. More importantly,
marine mammals might experience
stress responses at received levels lower
than those necessary to trigger onset
TTS. Based on empirical studies of the
time required to recover from stress
responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also
assumes that stress responses could
persist beyond the time interval
required for animals to recover from
TTS and might result in pathological
and pre-pathological states that would
be as significant as behavioral responses
to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and
direct noise-induced bubble formations
(Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in
the case of exposure to an impulsive
broadband source like an airgun array.
If seismic surveys disrupt diving
patterns of deep-diving species, this
might result in bubble formation and a
form of the bends, as speculated to
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21531
occur in beaked whales exposed to
sonar. However, there is no specific
evidence of this upon exposure to
airgun pulses. Additionally, no beaked
whale species occur in the proposed
project area.
In general, very little is known about
the potential for strong, anthropogenic
underwater sounds to cause nonauditory physical effects in marine
mammals. Such effects, if they occur at
all, would presumably be limited to
short distances and to activities that
extend over a prolonged period. The
available data do not allow
identification of a specific exposure
level above which non-auditory effects
can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)
or any meaningful quantitative
predictions of the numbers (if any) of
marine mammals that might be affected
in those ways. There is no definitive
evidence that any of these effects occur
even for marine mammals in close
proximity to large arrays of airguns,
which are not proposed for use during
this program. In addition, marine
mammals that show behavioral
avoidance of industry activities,
including bowheads, belugas, and some
pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to
incur non-auditory impairment or other
physical effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater
detonations of high explosive can be
killed or severely injured, and the
auditory organs are especially
susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993;
Ketten, 1995). Airgun pulses are less
energetic and their peak amplitudes
have slower rise times. To date, there is
no evidence that serious injury, death,
or stranding by marine mammals can
occur from exposure to airgun pulses,
even in the case of large airgun arrays.
Additionally, BP’s project will use a
very small airgun array in shallow
water. NMFS does not expect any
marine mammals will incur serious
injury or mortality in the shallow waters
of Foggy Island Bay or strand as a result
of the proposed shallow geohazard
survey.
7. Potential Effects From Sonar Systems
on Marine Mammals
The multibeam echosounder
proposed for use during BP’s survey
does not produce frequencies within the
hearing range of marine mammals.
Exposure to sounds generated by this
instrument, therefore, does not present
a risk of potential physiological damage,
hearing impairment, and/or behavioral
responses.
The sidescan sonar does not produce
frequencies within the hearing range of
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21532
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
mysticetes and ice seals, but when
operating at 110–135 kHz could be
audible by mid- and high-frequency
cetaceans, depending on the strength of
the signal. However, when it operates at
the much higher frequencies greater
than 400 kHz, it is outside of the hearing
range of all marine mammals. The signal
from side scan sonars is narrow,
typically in the form of a conical beam
projected directly below the vessel.
Based on previous measurements of a
sidescan sonar working at similar
frequencies in deeper water, distances
to sound levels of 190 and 180 dB re 1
mPa (rms) were 22 and 47 m,
respectively (Warner and McCrodan,
2011). It is unlikely that an animal
would be exposed for an extended time
to a signal strong enough for TTS or PTS
to occur, unless the animal is present
within the beam under the vessel and
swimming with the same speed and
direction. The distance at which beluga
whales could react behaviorally to the
sidescan sonar signal is about 200 m
(Warner and McCrodan, 2011).
However, the response, if it occurs at
all, is expected to be short term.
Masking is unlikely to occur due to the
nature of the signal and because beluga
whales and ice seals generally vocalize
at frequencies lower than 100 kHz.
Subbottom profilers will be audible to
all three hearing classes of marine
mammals that occur in the project area.
Based on previous measurements of
various subbottom profilers, the rms
sound pressure level does not reach 180
dB re 1 mPa (Funk et al., 2008; Ireland
et al., 2009; Warner and McCrodan,
2011). Distances to sound levels that
could result in mild behavioral
responses, such as avoidance, ranged
from 1 to 30 m. Masking is unlikely due
to the low duty cycle, directionality,
and brief period when an individual
mammal is likely to be within the beam.
Additionally, the higher frequencies of
the instrument are unlikely to overlap
with the lower frequency calls by
mysticetes.
Some stranding events of midfrequency cetaceans were attributed to
the presence of sonar surveys in the area
(e.g., Southall et al., 2006). Recently, an
independent scientific review panel
concluded that the mass stranding of
approximately 100 melon-headed
whales in northwest Madagascar in
2008 was primarily triggered by a
multibeam echosounder system
(Southall et al., 2013), acknowledging
that it was difficult to find evidence
showing a direct cause-effect
relationships. The multibeam
echosounder proposed in this survey
will operate at much higher frequencies,
outside the hearing range of any marine
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
mammal. The sidescan sonar and
subbottom profiler are much less
powerful. Considering the acoustic
specifics of these instruments, the
shallow water environment, the
unlikely presence of toothed whales in
the area, and planned mitigation
measures, no marine mammal stranding
or mortality are expected.
Vessel Impacts
Vessel activity and noise associated
with vessel activity will temporarily
increase in the action area during BP’s
survey as a result of the operation of one
vessel. To minimize the effects of the
vessel and noise associated with vessel
activity, BP will alter speed if a marine
mammal gets too close to a vessel. In
addition, the vessel will be operating at
slow speed (3–4 knots) when
conducting surveys. Marine mammal
monitoring observers will alert the
vessel captain as animals are detected to
ensure safe and effective measures are
applied to avoid coming into direct
contact with marine mammals.
Therefore, NMFS neither anticipates nor
authorizes takes of marine mammals
from ship strikes.
McCauley et al. (1996) reported
several cases of humpback whales
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay,
Australia. Results indicated clear
avoidance at received levels between
118 to 124 dB in three cases for which
response and received levels were
observed/measured.
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed
line transect census data in which the
orientation and distance off transect line
were reported for large numbers of
minke whales. The authors developed a
method to account for effects of animal
movement in response to sighting
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion
speed, direction, and/or diving profile
were reported at ranges from 1,847 to
2,352 ft (563 to 717 m) at received levels
of 110 to 120 dB.
Odontocetes, such as beluga whales,
killer whales, and harbor porpoises,
often show tolerance to vessel activity;
however, they may react at long
distances if they are confined by ice,
shallow water, or were previously
harassed by vessels (Richardson et al.,
1995). Beluga whale response to vessel
noise varies greatly from tolerance to
extreme sensitivity depending on the
activity of the whale and previous
experience with vessels (Richardson et
al., 1995). Reactions to vessels depends
on whale activities and experience,
habitat, boat type, and boat behavior
(Richardson et al., 1995) and may
include behavioral responses, such as
altered headings or avoidance (Blane
and Jaakson, 1994; Erbe and Farmer,
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
2000); fast swimming; changes in
vocalizations (Lesage et al., 1999;
Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in
dive, surfacing, and respiration patterns.
There are few data published on
pinniped responses to vessel activity,
and most of the information is anecdotal
(Richardson et al., 1995). Generally, sea
lions in water show tolerance to close
and frequently approaching vessels and
sometimes show interest in fishing
vessels. They are less tolerant when
hauled out on land; however, they
rarely react unless the vessel approaches
within 100–200 m (330–660 ft; reviewed
in Richardson et al., 1995).
The addition of one vessel and noise
due to vessel operations associated with
the survey is not expected to have
effects that could cause significant or
long-term consequences for individual
marine mammals or their populations.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
The primary potential impacts to
marine mammal habitat and other
marine species are associated with
elevated sound levels produced by
airguns and other active acoustic
sources. This section describes the
potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat from the specified activity.
Because the marine mammals in the
area feed on fish and/or invertebrates
there is also information on the species
typically preyed upon by the marine
mammals in the area.
Common Marine Mammal Prey in the
Project Area
All of the marine mammal species
that may occur in the proposed project
area prey on either marine fish or
invertebrates. The ringed seal feeds on
fish and a variety of benthic species,
including crabs and shrimp. Bearded
seals feed mainly on benthic organisms,
primarily crabs, shrimp, and clams.
Spotted seals feed on pelagic and
demersal fish, as well as shrimp and
cephalopods. They are known to feed on
a variety of fish including herring,
capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod, saffron
cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed
primarily on pelagic fish and
invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs,
squid, octopus, cod, sculpin, pollack,
and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on
krill and shrimp.
Bowhead whales feed in the eastern
Beaufort Sea during summer and early
autumn but continue feeding to varying
degrees while on their migration
through the central and western
Beaufort Sea in the late summer and fall
(Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).
When feeding in relatively shallow
areas, bowheads feed throughout the
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
water column. However, feeding is
concentrated at depths where
zooplankton is concentrated (Wursig et
al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987;
Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and
Sheffield (2002) found that copepods
and euphausiids were the most common
prey found in stomach samples from
bowhead whales harvested in the
Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas
to the east of Barter Island (which is
approximately 90 mi east of BP’s
proposed survey area) appear to be used
regularly for feeding as bowhead whales
migrate slowly westward across the
Beaufort Sea (Thomson and Richardson,
1987; Richardson and Thomson [eds.],
2002).
Recent articles and reports have noted
bowhead whales feeding in several areas
of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow
area is commonly used as a feeding area
during spring and fall, with a higher
proportion of photographed individuals
displaying evidence of feeding in fall
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A
bowhead whale feeding ‘‘hotspot’’
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms
on the western Beaufort Sea shelf off
Point Barrow in late summer and fall.
Favorable conditions concentrate
euphausiids and copepods, and
bowhead whales congregate to exploit
the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010,
Moore et al., 2010; Okkonen et al.,
2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead
whales feeding in the Camden Bay area
during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
The 2006–2008 BWASP Final Report
(Clarke et al., 2011a) and the 2009
BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al.,
2011b) note sightings of feeding
bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea
during the fall season. During that 4
year period, the largest groups of
feeding whales were sighted between
Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds
of miles to the west of Prudhoe Bay),
and none were sighted feeding in
Camden Bay (Clarke et al., 2011a,b).
Clarke and Ferguson (undated)
examined the raw BWASP data from the
years 2000–2009. They noted that
feeding behavior was noted more often
in September than October and that
while bowheads were observed feeding
throughout the study area (which
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea),
sightings were less frequent in the
central Alaskan Beaufort than they were
east of Kaktovik and west of Smith Bay.
Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson
(undated) and Clarke et al. (2011b) refer
to information from Ashjian et al.
(2010), which describes the importance
of wind-driven currents that produce
favorable feeding conditions for
bowhead whales in the area between
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
Smith Bay and Point Barrow. Increased
winds in that area may be increasing the
incidence of upwelling, which in turn
may be the reason for increased
sightings of feeding bowheads in the
area. Clarke and Ferguson (undated)
also note that the incidence of feeding
bowheads in the eastern Alaskan
Beaufort Sea has decreased since the
early 1980s.
Beluga whales feed on a variety of
fish, shrimp, squid and octopus (Burns
and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga
whales occur nearshore; their main
migration route is much further
offshore. Like several of the other
species in the area, harbor porpoise feed
on demersal and benthic species,
mainly schooling fish and cephalopods.
Depending on the type of killer whale
(transient or resident), they feed on fish
and/or marine mammals. However,
harbor porpoises and killer whales are
not commonly found in Foggy Island
Bay.
Gray whales are primarily bottom
feeders, and benthic amphipods and
isopods form the majority of their
summer diet, at least in the main
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver
et al., 1983; Oliver and Slattery, 1985).
Farther south, gray whales have also
been observed feeding around kelp
beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans,
and on pelagic prey such as small
schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler
and Darling, 1974). However, the central
Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
Two kinds of fish inhabit marine
waters in the study area: (1) True marine
fish that spend all of their lives in salt
water, and (2) anadromous species that
reproduce in fresh water and spend
parts of their life cycles in salt water.
Most arctic marine fish species are
small, benthic forms that do not feed
high in the water column. The majority
of these species are circumpolar and are
found in habitats ranging from deep
offshore water to water as shallow as
16.4–33 ft (5–10 m; Fechhelm et al.,
1995). The most important pelagic
species, and the only abundant pelagic
species, is the Arctic cod. The Arctic
cod is a major vector for the transfer of
energy from lower to higher trophic
levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986). In
summer, Arctic cod can form very large
schools in both nearshore and offshore
waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et
al., 1986). Locations and areas
frequented by large schools of Arctic
cod cannot be predicted but can be
almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a
major food source for beluga whales,
ringed seals, and numerous species of
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984;
Bradstreet et al., 1986).
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21533
Anadromous Dolly Varden char and
some species of whitefish winter in
rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in
spring and summer, and return to fresh
water in autumn. Anadromous fish form
the basis of subsistence, commercial,
and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
Varden char migrate to the sea from May
through mid-June (Johnson, 1980) and
spend about 1.5–2.5 months there
(Craig, 1989). They return to rivers
beginning in late July or early August
with the peak return migration
occurring between mid-August and
early September (Johnson, 1980). At sea,
most anadromous corregonids
(whitefish) remain in nearshore waters
within several kilometers of shore
(Craig, 1984, 1989). They are often
termed ‘‘amphidromous’’ fish in that
they make repeated annual migrations
into marine waters to feed, returning
each fall to overwinter in fresh water.
Benthic organisms are defined as
bottom dwelling creatures. Infaunal
organisms are benthic organisms that
live within the substrate and are often
sedentary or sessile (bivalves,
polychaetes). Epibenthic organisms live
on or near the bottom surface sediments
and are mobile (amphipods, isopods,
mysids, and some polychaetes).
Epifauna, which live attached to hard
substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea
because hard substrates are scarce there.
A small community of epifauna, the
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson
Sound.
Many of the nearshore benthic marine
invertebrates of the Arctic are
circumpolar and are found over a wide
range of water depths (Carey et al.,
1975). Species identified include
polychaetes (Spio filicornis, Chaetozone
setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves
(Cryrtodaria kurriana, Nucula tenuis,
Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria
entomon), and amphipods (Pontoporeia
femorata, P. affinis).
Nearshore benthic fauna have been
studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons and
near the mouth of the Colville River
(Kinney et al., 1971, 1972; Crane and
Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson
Lagoon, Harrison Bay, and the nearshore
region support a number of infaunal
species including crustaceans, mollusks,
and polychaetes. In areas influenced by
river discharge, seasonal changes in
salinity can greatly influence the
distribution and abundance of benthic
organisms. Large fluctuations in salinity
and temperature that occur over a very
short time period, or on a seasonal basis,
allow only very adaptable, opportunistic
species to survive (Alexander et al.,
1974). Since shorefast ice is present for
many months, the distribution and
abundance of most species depends on
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21534
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
annual (or more frequent) recolonization
from deeper offshore waters (Woodward
Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice
scouring, particularly in water depths of
less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal
communities tend to be patchily
distributed. Diversity increases with
water depth until the shear zone is
reached at 49–82 ft (15–25 m; Carey,
1978). Biodiversity then declines due to
ice gouging between the landfast ice and
the polar pack ice (Woodward Clyde
Consultants, 1995).
Potential Impacts From Sound
Generation
With regard to fish as a prey source
for odontocetes and seals, fish are
known to hear and react to sounds and
to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
et al., 1981) and possibly avoid
predators (Wilson and Dill, 2002).
Experiments have shown that fish can
sense both the strength and direction of
sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a
sound signal, and potentially react to it,
are the frequency of the signal and the
strength of the signal in relation to the
natural background noise level.
Fishes produce sounds that are
associated with behaviors that include
territoriality, mate search, courtship,
and aggression. It has also been
speculated that sound production may
provide the means for long distance
communication and communication
under poor underwater visibility
conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although
the fact that fish communicate at lowfrequency sound levels where the
masking effects of ambient noise are
naturally highest suggests that very long
distance communication would rarely
be possible. Fishes have evolved a
diversity of sound generating organs and
acoustic signals of various temporal and
spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in
structure, depending on the mechanism
used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).
Generally, fish sounds are
predominantly composed of low
frequencies (less than 3 kHz).
Since objects in the water scatter
sound, fish are able to detect these
objects through monitoring the ambient
noise. Therefore, fish are probably able
to detect prey, predators, conspecifics,
and physical features by listening to
environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981).
There are two sensory systems that
enable fish to monitor the vibrationbased information of their surroundings.
The two sensory systems, the inner ear
and the lateral line, constitute the
acoustico-lateralis system.
Although the hearing sensitivities of
very few fish species have been studied
to date, it is becoming obvious that the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
intra- and inter-specific variability is
considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell
et al. (2004) compiled and published
available fish audiogram information. A
noninvasive electrophysiological
recording method known as auditory
brainstem response is now commonly
used in the production of fish
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most
fish have their best hearing in the lowfrequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz).
Even though some fish are able to detect
sounds in the ultrasonic frequency
range, the thresholds at these higher
frequencies tend to be considerably
higher than those at the lower end of the
auditory frequency range.
Literature relating to the impacts of
sound on marine fish species can be
divided into the following categories: (1)
Pathological effects; (2) physiological
effects; and (3) behavioral effects.
Pathological effects include lethal and
sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
physiological effects include primary
and secondary stress responses; and
behavioral effects include changes in
exhibited behaviors of fish. Behavioral
changes might be a direct reaction to a
detected sound or a result of the
anthropogenic sound masking natural
sounds that the fish normally detect and
to which they respond. The three types
of effects are often interrelated in
complex ways. For example, some
physiological and behavioral effects
could potentially lead to the ultimate
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings
and Popper (2005) reviewed what is
known about the effects of sound on
fishes and identified studies needed to
address areas of uncertainty relative to
measurement of sound and the
responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/
2004) also published a paper that
reviews the effects of anthropogenic
sound on the behavior and physiology
of fishes.
Potential effects of exposure to sound
on marine fish include TTS, physical
damage to the ear region, physiological
stress responses, and behavioral
responses such as startle response,
alarm response, avoidance, and perhaps
lack of response due to masking of
acoustic cues. Most of these effects
appear to be either temporary or
intermittent and therefore probably do
not significantly impact the fish at a
population level. The studies that
resulted in physical damage to the fish
ears used noise exposure levels and
durations that were far more extreme
than would be encountered under
conditions similar to those expected
during BP’s proposed survey.
The level of sound at which a fish
will react or alter its behavior is usually
well above the detection level. Fish
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
have been found to react to sounds
when the sound level increased to about
20 dB above the detection level of 120
dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response
threshold can depend on the time of
year and the fish’s physiological
condition (Engas et al., 1993).
Investigations of fish behavior in
relation to vessel noise (Olsen et al.,
1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990)
have shown that fish react when the
sound from the engines and propeller
exceeds a certain level. Avoidance
reactions have been observed in fish
such as cod and herring when vessels
approached close enough that received
sound levels are 110 dB to 130 dB
(Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and
Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988).
However, other researchers have found
that fish such as polar cod, herring, and
capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim
toward the vessel (Rostad et al., 2006).
Typical sound source levels of vessel
noise in the audible range for fish are
150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al.,
1995a). In calm weather, ambient noise
levels in audible parts of the spectrum
lie between 60 dB to 100 dB.
Short, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior.
Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the
reactions of whiting (hake) in the field
to an airgun. When the airgun was fired,
the fish dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55
m) depth and formed a compact layer.
The whiting dove when received sound
levels were higher than 178 dB re 1 mPa
(Pearson et al., 1992).
Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a
controlled experiment to determine
effects of strong noise pulses on several
species of rockfish off the California
coast. They used an airgun with a
source level of 223 dB re 1 mPa. They
noted:
• Startle responses at received levels
of 200–205 dB re 1 mPa and above for
two sensitive species, but not for two
other species exposed to levels up to
207 dB;
• Alarm responses at 177–180 dB for
the two sensitive species, and at 186 to
199 dB for other species;
• An overall threshold for the above
behavioral response at about 180 dB;
• An extrapolated threshold of about
161 dB for subtle changes in the
behavior of rockfish; and
• A return to pre-exposure behaviors
within the 20–60 minute exposure
period.
In summary, fish often react to
sounds, especially strong and/or
intermittent sounds of low frequency.
Sound pulses at received levels of 160
dB re 1 mPa may cause subtle changes
in behavior. Pulses at levels of 180 dB
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
may cause noticeable changes in
behavior (Chapman and Hawkins, 1969;
Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992). It also appears that fish often
habituate to repeated strong sounds
rather rapidly, on time scales of minutes
to an hour. However, the habituation
does not endure, and resumption of the
strong sound source may again elicit
disturbance responses from the same
fish.
Some of the fish species found in the
Arctic are prey sources for odontocetes
and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to
sounds produced by BP’s proposed
survey would only be relevant to marine
mammals if it caused concentrations of
fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes
of sufficient magnitude to cause that
type of reaction would probably occur
only very close to the sound source, if
any would occur at all. Impacts on fish
behavior are predicted to be
inconsequential. Thus, feeding
odontocetes and pinnipeds would not
be adversely affected by this minimal
loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey
abundance.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead
whales, feed on concentrations of
zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead
whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but
feeding bowheads are more likely to
occur in the area after the cessation of
BP’s survey operations. Reactions of
zooplankton to sound are, for the most
part, not known. Their ability to move
significant distances is limited or nil,
depending on the type of zooplankton.
Behavior of zooplankters is not expected
to be affected by the survey. These
animals have exoskeletons and no air
bladders. Many crustaceans can make
sounds, and some crustacea and other
invertebrates have some type of sound
receptor. A reaction by zooplankton to
sounds produced by the seismic survey
would only be relevant to whales if it
caused concentrations of zooplankton to
scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient
magnitude to cause that type of reaction
would probably occur only very close to
the sound source, if any would occur at
all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior
are predicted to be inconsequential.
Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be
adversely affected by this minimal loss
or scattering, if any, of reduced
zooplankton abundance.
Based on the preceding discussion,
the proposed activity is not expected to
have any habitat-related effects that
could cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on such species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock
for taking for certain subsistence uses
(where relevant). Later in this document
in the ‘‘Proposed Incidental Harassment
Authorization’’ section, NMFS lays out
the proposed conditions for review, as
they would appear in the final IHA (if
issued).
Mitigation Measures Proposed by BP
For the proposed mitigation measures,
BP proposed general mitigation
measures that apply throughout the
survey and specific mitigation measures
that apply to airgun operations. The
proposed protocols are discussed next
and can also be found in Section 11 of
BP’s application (see ADDRESSES).
1. General Mitigation Measures
These general mitigation measures are
proposed to apply at all times to the
vessel involved in the Liberty geohazard
survey. This vessel would also operate
under an additional set of specific
mitigation measures during airgun
operations (described a bit later in this
document).
The general mitigation measures
include: (1) Adjusting speed to avoid
collisions with whales and during
periods of low visibility; (2) checking
the waters immediately adjacent to the
vessel to ensure that no marine
mammals will be injured when the
vessel’s propellers (or screws) are
engaged; (3) avoiding concentrations of
groups of whales and not operating
vessels in a way that separates members
of a group; (4) reducing vessel speeds to
less than 10 knots in the presence of
feeding whales; (5) reducing speed and
steering around groups of whales if
circumstances allow (but never cutting
off a whale’s travel path) and avoiding
multiple changes in direction and speed
when within 900 ft of whales; (6)
maintaining an altitude of at least 1,000
ft when flying helicopters, except in
emergency situations or during take-offs
and landings; and (7) not hovering or
circling with helicopters above or
within 0.3 mi of groups of whales.
2. Seismic Airgun Mitigation Measures
BP proposes to establish and monitor
Level A harassment exclusion zones for
all marine mammal species. These
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21535
zones will be monitored by Protected
Species Observers (PSOs; more detail
later). Should marine mammals enter
these exclusion zones, the PSOs will
call for and implement the Suite of
mitigation measures described next.
Ramp-up Procedure: Ramp-up
procedures of an airgun array involve a
step-wise increase in the number of
operating airguns until the required
discharge volume is achieved. The
purpose of a ramp-up (sometimes
referred to as ‘‘soft-start’’) is to provide
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
activity the opportunity to leave the area
and to avoid the potential for injury or
impairment of their hearing abilities.
During ramp-up, BP proposes to
implement the common procedure of
doubling the number of operating
airguns at 5-minute intervals, starting
with the smallest gun in the array.
Ramp-up of the 30 in3 array from a
shutdown will therefore take 10 min for
the three-airgun array option and 5 min
for the two-airgun array option. First the
smallest gun in the array will be
activated (10 in3) and after 5 min, the
second airgun (10 in3 or 20 in3). For the
three-airgun array, an additional 5 min
are then required to activate the third 10
in3 airgun. During ramp-up, the
exclusion zone for the full airgun array
will be observed. The ramp-up
procedures will be applied as follows:
1. A ramp-up, following a cold start,
can be applied if the exclusion zone has
been free of marine mammals for a
consecutive 30-minute period. The
entire exclusion zone must have been
visible during these 30 minutes. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
2. Ramp-up procedures from a cold
start will be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion
zone during the 30-minute period prior
to the ramp-up. The delay will last until
the marine mammal(s) has been
observed to leave the exclusion zone or
until the animal(s) is not sighted for at
least 15 minutes (seals) or 30 minutes
(cetaceans).
3. A ramp-up, following a shutdown,
can be applied if the marine mammal(s)
for which the shutdown occurred has
been observed to leave the exclusion
zone or until the animal(s) has not been
sighted for at least 15 minutes (seals) or
30 minutes (cetaceans). This assumes
there was a continuous observation
effort prior to the shutdown and the
entire exclusion zone is visible.
4. If, for any reason, power to the
airgun array has been discontinued for
a period of 10 minutes or more, rampup procedures need to be implemented.
Only if the PSO watch has been
suspended, a 30-minute clearance of the
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21536
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
exclusion zone is required prior to
commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation
of airgun activity for less than 10
minutes does not require a ramp-up.
5. The seismic operator and PSOs will
maintain records of the times when
ramp-ups start and when the airgun
arrays reach full power.
Power Down Procedure: A power
down is the immediate reduction in the
number of operating airguns such that
the radii of the 190 dB and 180 dB (rms)
zones are decreased to the extent that an
observed marine mammal is not in the
applicable exclusion zone of the full
array. For this geohazard survey, the
operation of one airgun continues
during a power down. The continued
operation of one airgun is intended to
(a) alert marine mammals to the
presence of airgun activity, and (b)
retain the option of initiating a ramp up
to full operations under poor visibility
conditions.
1. The array will be immediately
powered down whenever a marine
mammal is sighted approaching close to
or within the applicable exclusion zone
of the full array, but is outside the
applicable exclusion zone of the single
airgun;
2. Likewise, if a mammal is already
within the exclusion zone of the full
array when first detected, the airgun
array will be powered down to one
operating gun immediately;
3. If a marine mammal is sighted
within or about to enter the applicable
exclusion zone of the single airgun, it
too will be shut down; and
4. Following a power down, ramp-up
to the full airgun array will not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the applicable exclusion zone. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion zone if it has been
visually observed leaving the exclusion
zone of the full array, or has not been
seen within the zone for 15 minutes
(seals) or 30 minutes (cetaceans).
Shut-down Procedures: The operating
airgun(s) will be shut down completely
if a marine mammal approaches or
enters the 190 or 180 dB (rms) exclusion
radius of the smallest airgun. Airgun
activity will not resume until the marine
mammal has cleared the applicable
exclusion radius of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion radius as
described above under ramp-up
procedures.
Poor Visibility Conditions: BP plans to
conduct 24-hr operations. PSOs will not
be on duty during ongoing seismic
operations during darkness, given the
very limited effectiveness of visual
observation at night (there will be no
periods of darkness in the survey area
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
until mid-August). The proposed
provisions associated with operations at
night or in periods of poor visibility
include the following:
• If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness (which may be
encountered starting in late August), the
full 180 dB exclusion zone is not
visible, the airguns cannot commence a
ramp-up procedure from a full shutdown; and
• If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
BP is aware that available techniques
to effectively detect marine mammals
during limited visibility conditions
(darkness, fog, snow, and rain) are in
need of development and has in recent
years supported research and field trials
intended to improve methods of
detecting marine mammals under these
conditions.
Additional Mitigation Measures
Proposed by NMFS
The mitigation airgun will be
operated at approximately one shot per
minute and will not be operated for
longer than three hours in duration
during daylight hours and good
visibility. In cases when the next startup after the turn is expected to be
during lowlight or low visibility, use of
the mitigation airgun may be initiated
30 minutes before darkness or low
visibility conditions occur and may be
operated until the start of the next
seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at
approximately one shot per minute.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated BP’s
proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in
the context of ensuring that NMFS
prescribes the means of effecting the
least practicable impact on the affected
marine mammal species and stocks and
their habitat. Our evaluation of potential
measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one
another:
• The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measures are
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
• The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed
by NMFS should be able to accomplish,
have a reasonable likelihood of
accomplishing (based on current
science), or contribute to the
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
1. Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may
contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of seismic airguns, or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
3. A reduction in the number of times
(total number or number at biologically
important time or location) individuals
would be exposed to received levels of
seismic airguns or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of seismic
airguns or other activities expected to
result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to 1, above, or
to reducing the severity of harassment
takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of
adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the
food base, activities that block or limit
passage to or from biologically
important areas, permanent destruction
of habitat, or temporary destruction/
disturbance of habitat during a
biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, as well
as other measures considered by NMFS,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on marine mammals
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance. Proposed measures to
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
ensure availability of such species or
stock for taking for certain subsistence
uses are discussed later in this
document (see ‘‘Impact on Availability
of Affected Species or Stock for Taking
for Subsistence Uses’’ section).
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)
indicate that requests for ITAs must
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that will result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the proposed
action area. BP submitted information
regarding marine mammal monitoring to
be conducted during seismic operations
as part of the IHA application. That
information can be found in Sections 11
and 13 of the application. The
monitoring measures may be modified
or supplemented based on comments or
new information received from the
public during the public comment
period.
Monitoring measures proposed by the
applicant or prescribed by NMFS
should accomplish one or more of the
following top-level goals:
1. An increase in our understanding
of the likely occurrence of marine
mammal species in the vicinity of the
action, i.e., presence, abundance,
distribution, and/or density of species.
2. An increase in our understanding
of the nature, scope, or context of the
likely exposure of marine mammal
species to any of the potential stressor(s)
associated with the action (e.g. sound or
visual stimuli), through better
understanding of one or more of the
following: the action itself and its
environment (e.g. sound source
characterization, propagation, and
ambient noise levels); the affected
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern);
the likely co-occurrence of marine
mammal species with the action (in
whole or part) associated with specific
adverse effects; and/or the likely
biological or behavioral context of
exposure to the stressor for the marine
mammal (e.g. age class of exposed
animals or known pupping, calving or
feeding areas).
3. An increase in our understanding
of how individual marine mammals
respond (behaviorally or
physiologically) to the specific stressors
associated with the action (in specific
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
contexts, where possible, e.g., at what
distance or received level).
4. An increase in our understanding
of how anticipated individual
responses, to individual stressors or
anticipated combinations of stressors,
may impact either: the long-term fitness
and survival of an individual; or the
population, species, or stock (e.g.
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival).
5. An increase in our understanding
of how the activity affects marine
mammal habitat, such as through effects
on prey sources or acoustic habitat (e.g.,
through characterization of longer-term
contributions of multiple sound sources
to rising ambient noise levels and
assessment of the potential chronic
effects on marine mammals).
6. An increase in understanding of the
impacts of the activity on marine
mammals in combination with the
impacts of other anthropogenic
activities or natural factors occurring in
the region.
7. An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of mitigation and
monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals (through
improved technology or methodology),
both specifically within the safety zone
(thus allowing for more effective
implementation of the mitigation) and
in general, to better achieve the above
goals.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
1. Visual Monitoring
Two observers referred to as PSOs
will be present on the vessel. Of these
two PSOs, one will be on watch at all
times to monitor the 190 and 180 dB
exclusion zones for the presence of
marine mammals during airgun
operations. The main objectives of the
vessel-based marine mammal
monitoring are as follows: (1) To
implement mitigation measures during
seismic operations (e.g. course
alteration, airgun power down, shutdown and ramp-up); and (2) To record
all marine mammal data needed to
estimate the number of marine
mammals potentially affected, which
must be reported to NMFS within 90
days after the survey.
BP intends to work with experienced
PSOs. At least one Alaska Native
resident, who is knowledgeable about
Arctic marine mammals and the
subsistence hunt, is expected to be
included as one of the team members
aboard the vessel. Before the start of the
survey, the vessel crew will be briefed
on the function of the PSOs, their
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21537
monitoring protocol, and mitigation
measures to be implemented.
At least one observer will monitor for
marine mammals at any time during
daylight hours (there will be no periods
of total darkness until mid-August).
PSOs will be on duty in shifts of a
maximum of 4 hours at a time, although
the exact shift schedule will be
established by the lead PSO in
consultation with the other PSOs.
The vessel will offer a suitable
platform for marine mammal
observations. Observations will be made
from locations where PSOs have the
best view around the vessel. During
daytime, the PSO(s) will scan the area
around the vessel systematically with
reticle binoculars and with the naked
eye. Because the main purpose of the
PSO on board the vessel is detecting
marine mammals for the
implementation of mitigation measures
according to specific guidelines, BP
prefers to keep the information to be
recorded as concise as possible,
allowing the PSO to focus on detecting
marine mammals. The following
information will be collected by the
PSOs:
• Environmental conditions—
consisting of sea state (in Beaufort Wind
force scale according to NOAA),
visibility (in km, with 10 km indicating
the horizon on a clear day), and sun
glare (position and severity). These will
be recorded at the start of each shift,
whenever there is an obvious change in
one or more of the environmental
variables, and whenever the observer
changes shifts;
• Project activity—consisting of
airgun operations (on or off), number of
active guns, line number. This will be
recorded at the start of each shift,
whenever there is an obvious change in
project activity, and whenever the
observer changes shifts; and
• Sighting information—consisting of
the species (if determinable), group size,
position and heading relative to the
vessel, behavior, movement, and
distance relative to the vessel (initial
and closest approach). These will be
recorded upon sighting a marine
mammal or group of animals.
When marine mammals in the water
are detected within or about to enter the
designated exclusion zones, the
airgun(s) power down or shut-down
procedures will be implemented
immediately. To assure prompt
implementation of power downs and
shut-downs, multiple channels of
communication between the PSOs and
the airgun technicians will be
established. During the power down and
shut-down, the PSO(s) will continue to
maintain watch to determine when the
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21538
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
animal(s) are outside the exclusion
radius. Airgun operations can be
resumed with a ramp-up procedure
(depending on the extent of the power
down) if the observers have visually
confirmed that the animal(s) moved
outside the exclusion zone, or if the
animal(s) were not observed within the
exclusion zone for 15 minutes (seals) or
for 30 minutes (cetaceans). Direct
communication with the airgun operator
will be maintained throughout these
procedures.
All marine mammal observations and
any airgun power down, shut-down,
and ramp-up will be recorded in a
standardized format. Data will be
entered into or transferred to a custom
database. The accuracy of the data entry
will be verified daily through QA/QC
procedures. Recording procedures will
allow initial summaries of data to be
prepared during and shortly after the
field program, and will facilitate transfer
of the data to other programs for further
processing and archiving.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Monitoring
BP proposes to conduct research on
fish species in relation to airgun
operations, including prey species
important to ice seals, during the
proposed seismic survey. The Liberty
shallow geohazard survey, along with
another seismic survey BP is conducting
this summer in Prudhoe Bay, offers a
unique opportunity to assess the
impacts of airgun sounds on fish,
specifically on changes in fish
abundance in fyke nets that have been
sampled in the area for more than 30
years. The monitoring study would
occur over a 2-month period during the
open-water season. During this time,
fish are counted and sized every day,
unless sampling is prevented by
weather, the presence of bears, or other
events. Fish mortality is also noted.
The fish-sampling period coincides
with the shallow geohazard survey,
resulting in a situation where each of
the four fyke nets will be exposed to
varying daily exposures to airgun
sounds. That is, as source vessels move
back and forth across the project area,
fish caught in nets will be exposed to
different sounds levels at different nets
each day. To document relationships
between fish catch in each fyke net and
received sound levels, BP will attempt
to instrument each fyke net location
with a recording hydrophone. Recording
hydrophones, to the extent possible,
will have a dynamic range that extends
low enough to record near ambient
sounds and high enough to capture
sound levels during relatively close
approaches by the airgun array (i.e.,
likely levels as high as about 200 dB re
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
1 uPa). Bandwidth will extend from
about 10 Hz to at least 500 Hz. In
addition, because some fish (especially
salmonids) are likely to be sensitive to
particle velocity instead of or in
addition to sound pressure level, BP
will attempt to instrument each fyke net
location with a recording particle
velocity meter. Acoustic and
environmental data will be used in
statistical models to assess relationships
between acoustic and fish variables.
Additional information on the details of
the fish monitoring study can be found
in Section 13.1 of BP’s application (see
ADDRESSES).
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring
plans be independently peer reviewed
‘‘where the proposed activity may affect
the availability of a species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses’’ (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this
requirement, NMFS’ implementing
regulations state, ‘‘Upon receipt of a
complete monitoring plan, and at its
discretion, [NMFS] will either submit
the plan to members of a peer review
panel for review or within 60 days of
receipt of the proposed monitoring plan,
schedule a workshop to review the
plan’’ (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
Because of the extremely short
duration of BP’s proposed survey, the
fact that activities will be completed
prior to any fall bowhead whale
subsistence hunts, and that seal hunts
occur more than 50 mi from the
proposed survey activities, NMFS
determined that the proposed survey
did not meet the trigger for requiring an
independent peer review of the
monitoring plan.
Reporting Measures
1. 90-Day Technical Report
A report will be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the end of the
proposed shallow geohazard survey.
The report will summarize all activities
and monitoring results conducted
during in-water seismic surveys. The
Technical Report will include the
following:
• Summary of project start and end
dates, airgun activity, number of guns,
and the number and circumstances of
implementing ramp-up, power down,
shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
• Summaries of monitoring effort
(e.g., total hours, total distances, and
marine mammal distribution through
the study period, accounting for sea
state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals);
• Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number
of observers, and fog/glare);
• Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings, including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories (if
determinable), and group sizes;
• Analyses of the effects of survey
operations;
• Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without
seismic survey activities (and other
variables that could affect detectability),
such as: (i) Initial sighting distances
versus survey activity state; (ii) closest
point of approach versus survey activity
state; (iii) observed behaviors and types
of movements versus survey activity
state; (iv) numbers of sightings/
individuals seen versus survey activity
state; (v) distribution around the source
vessels versus survey activity state; and
(vi) estimates of exposures of marine
mammals to Level B harassment
thresholds based on presence in the 160
dB harassment zone.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Report
BP proposes to present the results of
the fish and airgun sound study to
NMFS in a detailed report that will also
be submitted to a peer reviewed journal
for publication, presented at a scientific
conference, and presented in Barrow
and Nuiqsut.
3. Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by the IHA (if issued), such
as an injury (Level A harassment),
serious injury or mortality (e.g., shipstrike, gear interaction, and/or
entanglement), BP would immediately
cease the specified activities and
immediately report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report
would include the following
information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the
24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
• Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
• Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by
NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident
to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or
by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report
would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above.
Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances
of the incident. NMFS would work with
BP to determine whether modifications
in the activities are appropriate.
In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in the IHA
(e.g., previously wounded animal,
carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
BP would report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
24 hours of the discovery. BP would
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment]. Only take by Level B
behavioral harassment of some species
is anticipated as a result of the proposed
shallow geohazard survey. Anticipated
impacts to marine mammals are
associated with noise propagation from
the sound sources (e.g., airguns,
sidescan sonar, and subbottom profiler)
21539
used in the survey. No take is expected
to result from vessel strikes because of
the slow speed of the vessel (3–4 knots
while acquiring seismic data) and
because of mitigation measures to
reduce collisions with marine
mammals. Additionally, no take is
expected to result from helicopter
operations (if any occur) because of
altitude restrictions. No take is expected
from the multibeam echosounder and
when the sidescan sonar is operated at
frequencies above 400 kHz because the
frequencies are outside the hearing
ranges of marine mammals. Moreover,
when the sidescan sonar is operated at
frequencies of 110–135 kHz, it is outside
the hearing ranges of low-frequency
cetaceans and ice seals. Therefore, take
has not been estimated from use of these
sources for these species.
BP requested take of 11 marine
mammal species by Level B harassment.
However, for reasons mentioned earlier
in this document, it is highly unlikely
that humpback and minke whales
would occur in the proposed survey
area. Therefore, NMFS does not propose
to authorize take of these two species.
The species for which take, by Level B
harassment only, is proposed include:
bowhead, beluga, gray, and killer
whales; harbor porpoise; and ringed,
bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals.
The airguns produce impulsive
sounds. The current acoustic thresholds
used by NMFS to estimate Level B and
Level A harassment are presented in
Table 4.
TABLE 4—CURRENT ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA USED BY NMFS
Criterion
Criterion definition
Threshold
Level A Harassment (Injury) ...............................
Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) ...................
(Any level above that which is known to
cause TTS)
Behavioral Disruption (for impulse noises) ......
Behavioral Disruption (for continuous, noise) ..
180 dB re 1 microPa-m (cetaceans)/190 dB re
1 microPa-m (pinnipeds) root mean square
(rms).
160 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).
120 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).
The shallow geohazard survey will
take place in two phases and has an
estimated duration of approximately 20
days, including 5 days between the two
phases where operations will be focused
on changing equipment. Data
acquisition will be halted at the start of
the Cross Island fall bowhead whale
hunt.
During phase 1 of the project, 2DHR
seismic data will be acquired in about
12 mi2 of the Site Survey area. The
duration is estimated at about 7.5 days,
based on a continuous 24-hr operation
and not including downtime.
During phase 2, data will be acquired
in the Site Survey area (11 mi2) and over
approximately 5 mi2 of the 29 mi2 Sonar
Survey area using the multibeam
echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom
profiler, and magnetometer. The total
duration of Phase 2 is also expected to
be 7.5 days, based on a continuous 24hr operation and not including
downtime.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Level B Harassment ...........................................
Level B Harassment ...........................................
Section 6 of BP’s application contains
a description of the methodology used
by BP to estimate takes by harassment,
including calculations for the 160 dB
(rms) isopleth and marine mammal
densities in the areas of operation (see
ADDRESSES), which is also provided in
the following sections. NMFS verified
BP’s methods, and used the density and
sound isopleth measurements in
estimating take. However, as noted later
in this section, NMFS proposes to
authorize the maximum number of
estimated takes for all species, not just
for cetaceans as presented by BP in
order to ensure that exposure estimates
are not underestimated for pinnipeds.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Most whale species are migratory and
therefore show a seasonal distribution,
with different densities for the summer
period (covering July and August) and
the fall period (covering September and
October). Seal species in the Beaufort
Sea do not show a distinct seasonal
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21540
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
distribution during the open-water
period between July and October. Data
acquisition of the proposed shallow
geohazard survey will only take place in
summer (before start of Nuiqsut whaling
in late August/early September), so BP
estimated only summer densities for
this proposed IHA. Whale and seal
densities in the Beaufort Sea will further
depend on the presence of sea ice.
However, if ice cover within or close to
the seismic survey area is more than
approximately 10%, survey activities
may not start or will be halted. Densities
related to ice conditions are therefore
not included in the IHA application.
Spatial differentiation is another
important factor for marine mammal
densities, both in latitudinal and
longitudinal gradient. Taking into
account the shallow water operations of
the proposed survey area and the
associated area of influence, BP used
data from the nearshore zone of the
Beaufort Sea for the calculation of
densities, if available.
Density estimates are based on best
available data. Because available data
did not always cover the area of interest,
this is subject to large temporal and
spatial variation, and correction factors
for perception and availability bias were
not always known, there is some
uncertainty in the data and assumptions
used in the estimated number of
exposures. To provide allowance for
these uncertainties, maximum density
estimates have been provided in
addition to average density estimates.
1. Beluga Whale Density Estimates
The 1979–2011 BWASP aerial survey
database, available from the NOAA Web
site (https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/
software/bwasp-comida.php), contains a
total of 62 belugas (31 sightings) in
block 1, which covers the nearshore and
offshore Prudhoe Bay area. Except for
one solitary animal in 1992, all these
belugas were seen in September or
October; the months with most aerial
survey effort. None of the sightings
occurred south of 70° N., which is to be
expected because beluga whales
generally travel much farther north
(Moore et al., 2000). The summer effort
in the 1979–2011 database is limited.
Therefore, BP believes and NMFS agrees
that the 2012–2013 data are the best
available for calculating beluga summer
densities (Clarke et al., 2013; https://
www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/cetacean/
bwasp/2013), even though the 2013
daily flight summaries posted on
NOAA’s Web site have not undergone
post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of beluga
whales in the Foggy Island Bay area, BP
used the 2012 on-transect beluga
sighting and effort data from the
ASAMM surveys flown in July and
August in the Beaufort Sea. The area
most applicable to our survey was the
area from 140° W.¥154° W. and water
depths of 0–20 m (Table 13 in Clarke et
al., 2013). In addition, BP used beluga
sighting and effort data of the 2013
survey, as reported in the daily flight
summaries on the NOAA Web site. BP
intended to only select flights that
covered block 1. However, in many
cases the aerial surveys flown in block
1 also covered blocks 2 and 10, which
were much farther from shore. Because
it was difficult to determine the survey
effort specific to block 1 from the
available information, BP included the
sighting and effort data from block 2 and
10 in the calculations. BP used the
number of individuals counted on
transect, together with the transect
kilometers flown, to calculate density
estimates (Table 4 in the application
and Table 5 here). To convert the
number of individuals per transect
kilometer (ind/km) to a density per area
(ind/km2), BP used the effective strip
width (ESW) of 0.614 km for belugas
calculated from 2008–2012 aerial survey
data flown with the Commander aircraft
(M. Ferguson, NMML, pers. comm., 30
Oct 2013).
TABLE 5—SUMMARY OF BELUGA SIGHTING AND EFFORT DATA FROM THE 2012 AND 2013 ASAMM AERIAL SURVEYS
FLOWN IN JULY AND AUGUST IN THE BEAUFORT SEA
Effort
(ind/km)
NR. Ind
Ind/km
2012 .................................................................................................................
2013 .................................................................................................................
Average ............................................................................................................
Maximum .........................................................................................................
Minimum ..........................................................................................................
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Year
1431
7572
........................
........................
........................
5
99
........................
........................
........................
0.0035
0.0131
........................
........................
........................
2. Bowhead Whale Density Estimates
To estimate summer bowhead whale
densities, BP used data from the 2012
and 2013 ASAMM aerial surveys flown
in the Beaufort Sea (Clarke et al., 2013;
www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/). The 1979–
2011 ASAMM database contains only
one on-transect bowhead whale sighting
during July and August (in 2011), likely
due to the limited summer survey effort.
In contrast, the 2012 and 2013 surveys
include substantial effort during the
summer season and are thus considered
to be the best available data, even
though the 2013 daily flight summaries
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
posted on NOAA’s Web site have not
undergone post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of bowhead
whales in the Foggy Island Bay area, BP
used the 2012 on-transect bowhead
sighting and effort data from surveys
flown in July and August in block 1
(Table 4 in Clarke et al., 2013). In
addition, BP used the on-transect
bowhead sighting and effort data of the
2013 survey, as reported in the daily
flight summaries on the NOAA Web
site. BP intended to only select flights
that covered block 1. However, in many
cases the aerial surveys flown in block
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Ind/km2
0.0028
0.0182
0.0105
0.0182
0.0028
1 also covered blocks 2 and 10, which
were much farther from shore. Because
it was difficult to determine the survey
effort specific to block 1 from the
available information, BP included the
sighting and effort data from block 2 and
10 in the calculations (Table 5 in the
application and Table 6 here). To
convert the number of individuals per
line transect (ind/km) to a density per
area (ind/km2), BP used the ESW of 1.15
km for bowheads, calculated from 2008–
2012 aerial survey data flown with the
Commander aircraft (M. Ferguson,
NMML, pers. comm., 30 Oct 2013).
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
21541
TABLE 6—SUMMARY OF BOWHEAD SIGHTING AND EFFORT DATA FROM THE 2012 AND 2013 ASAMM AERIAL SURVEYS
FLOWN IN JULY AND AUGUST IN THE BEAUFORT SEA
Year
Effort
(ind/km)
NR. ind
Ind/km
2012 .................................................................................................................
2013 .................................................................................................................
Average ............................................................................................................
Maximum .........................................................................................................
Minimum ..........................................................................................................
1493
3973
........................
........................
........................
5
88
........................
........................
........................
0.0033
0.0221
........................
........................
........................
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
3. Other Whale Species
No densities have been estimated for
gray whales and for whale species that
are rare or extralimital to the Beaufort
Sea (killer whale and harbor porpoise)
because sightings of these animals have
been very infrequent. Gray whales may
be encountered in small numbers
throughout the summer and fall,
especially in the nearshore areas. Small
numbers of harbor porpoises may be
encountered as well. During an aerial
survey offshore of Oliktok Point in 2008,
approximately 40 mi (65 km) west of the
proposed survey area, two harbor
porpoises were sighted offshore of the
barrier islands, one on 25 August and
the other on 10 September (Hauser et
al., 2008). For the purpose of this IHA
request, small numbers have been
included in the requested ‘‘take’’
authorization to cover incidental
occurrences of any of these species
during the proposed survey.
4. Seal Density Estimates
Ice seals of the Beaufort Sea are
mostly associated with sea ice, and most
census methods count seals when they
are hauled out on the ice. To account for
the proportion of animals present but
not hauled out (availability bias) or seals
present on the ice but missed (detection
bias), a correction factor should be
applied to the ‘‘raw’’ counts. This
correction factor is dependent on the
behavior of each species. To estimate
what proportion of ringed seals were
generally visible resting on the sea ice,
radio tags were placed on seals during
spring 1999–2003 (Kelly et al., 2006).
The probability that seals were visible,
derived from the satellite data, was
applied to seal abundance data from
past aerial surveys and indicated that
the proportion of seals visible varied
from less than 0.4 to more than 0.75
between survey years. The
environmental factors that are important
in explaining the availability of seals to
be counted were found to be time of
day, date, wind speed, air temperature,
and days from snow melt (Kelly et al.,
2006). Besides the uncertainty in the
correction factor, using counts of
basking seals from spring surveys to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
predict seal abundance in the openwater period is further complicated by
the fact that seal movements differ
substantially between these two
seasons. Data from nine ringed seals that
were tracked from one subnivean period
(early winter through mid-May or early
June) to the next showed that ringed
seals covered large distances during the
open-water foraging period (Kelly et al.,
2010b). Ringed seals tagged in 2011
close to Barrow also show long
distances traveled during the openwater season (Herreman et al., 2012).
To estimate densities for ringed,
bearded, and spotted seals, BP used data
collected during four shallow water
OBC seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea
(Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et al., 2008;
Hauser et al., 2008; HDR, 2012). Habitat
and survey specifics are very similar to
the proposed survey; therefore, these
data were considered to be more
representative than basking seal
densities from spring aerial survey data
(e.g., Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al.,
2002, 2004). NMFS agreed that these
data are likely more representative and
appropriate for use. However, since
these data were not collected during
surveys designed to determine
abundance, NMFS used the maximum
estimates for the proposed number of
takes in this proposed IHA.
Because survey effort in kilometers
was only reported for one of the
surveys, BP used sighting rate (ind/h)
for calculating potential seal exposures.
No distinction is made in seal density
between summer and autumn season.
Also, no correction factors have been
applied to the reported seal sighting
rates.
Seal species ratios: During the 1996
OBC survey, 92% of all seal species
identified were ringed seals, 7%
bearded seals and 1% spotted seals
(Harris et al., 2001). This 1996 survey
occurred in two habitats, one about 19
mi east of Prudhoe Bay near the
McClure Islands, mainly inshore of the
barrier islands in water depths of 10 to
26 ft and the other 6 to 30 mi northwest
of Prudhoe Bay, about 0 to 8 mile
offshore of the barrier islands in water
depths of 10 to 56 ft (Harris et al., 2001).
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Ind/km2
0.0015
0.0096
0.0055
0.0096
0.0015
In 2008, two OBC seismic surveys
occurred in the Beaufort Sea, one in
Foggy Island Bay, about 15 mi SE of
Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al., 2008), and the
other at Oliktok Point, > 30 mi west of
Prudhoe Bay (Hauser et al., 2008). In
2012, an OBC seismic was done in
Simpson Lagoon, bordering the area
surveyed in 2008 at Oliktok Point (HDR,
2012). Based on the number of
identified individuals the ratio ringed,
bearded, and spotted seal was 75%, 8%,
and 17%, respectively in Foggy Island
Bay (Aerts et al., 2008), 22%, 39%, and
39%, respectively at Oliktok Point
(Hauser et al., 2008), and 62%, 15%,
and 23%, respectively in Simpson
Lagoon (HDR, 2012). Because it is often
difficult to identify seals to species, a
large proportion of seal sightings were
unidentified in all four OBC surveys
described here. The total seal sighting
rate was therefore used to calculate
densities for each species, using the
average ratio over all four surveys for
ringed, bearded, and spotted seals, i.e.,
63% ringed, 17% bearded, and 20%
spotted seals.
Seal sighting rates: During the 1996
OBC survey (Harris et al., 2001) the
sighting rate for all seals during periods
when airguns were not operating was
0.63 ind/h. The sighting rate during
non-seismic periods was 0.046 ind/h for
the survey in Foggy Island Bay, just east
of Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al., 2008). The
OBC survey that took place at Oliktok
Point recorded 0.0674 ind/h when
airguns were not operating (Hauser et
al., 2008), and the maximum sighting
rate during the Simpson Lagoon OBC
seismic survey was 0.030 ind/h (HDR,
2012).
The average seal sighting rate, based
on these four surveys, was 0.193 ind/h.
The maximum was 0.63 ind/h and the
minimum 0.03 ind/h. Using the
proportion of ringed, bearded, and
spotted seals as mentioned above, BP
estimated the average and maximum
sighting rates (ind/h) for each of the
three seal species (Table 6 in the
application and Table 7 here).
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21542
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
TABLE 7—ESTIMATED SUMMER DENSITIES OF WHALES AND SIGHTING
RATES OF SEALS (AVERAGE AND
MAXIMUM) FOR THE PROPOSED
FOGGY ISLAND BAY SURVEY. DENSITIES ARE PROVIDED IN NUMBER
OF INDIVIDUALS PER SQUARE KILOMETER (IND/KM2), AND SIGHTING
RATES ARE IN NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER HOUR (IND/H). NO DENSITIES OR SIGHTING RATES WERE
ESTIMATED FOR EXTRALIMITAL SPECIES
the average densities from Tables 5 and
6 in this document. BP considered this
approach reasonable because the 2013
beluga and bowhead whale sighting data
included areas outside the zone of
influence of the proposed project. For
example, in 2013, only 3 of the 89
beluga sightings were seen in block 1.
Table 7 in this document summarizes
the densities used in the calculation of
potential number of exposures.
Level A and Level B Harassment Zone
Distances
For the proposed 2014 shallow
geohazard survey, BP used existing
sound source verification (SSV)
Species
measurements to establish distances to
MaxAverage
received sound pressure levels (SPLs).
imum
Airgun arrays consist of a cluster of
Bowhead whale ............
0.0015
0.0055 independent sources. Because of this,
Beluga whale ................
0.0028
0.0105 and many other factors, sounds
generated by these arrays therefore do
Summer sighting
not propagate evenly in all directions.
rates (ind/h)
BP included both broadside and endfire
Maxmeasurements of the array in calculating
Average
imum
distances to the various received sound
Ringed seal ...................
0.122
0.397 levels. Broadside and endfire
Bearded seal ................
0.033
0.107 measurements are not applicable to
Spotted seal ..................
0.039
0.126 mitigation gun measurements.
Seven SSV measurements exist of 20–
5. Marine Mammal Density Summary
400 in3 airgun arrays in the shallow
For the purpose of calculating the
water environment of the Beaufort Sea
potential number of beluga and
that were considered to be
bowhead whale exposures to received
representative of the proposed 30 in3
sound levels of ≥160 dB re 1 mPa, BP
airgun arrays. These measurements were
used the minimum density from Tables
from 2008 (n = 4), 2011 (n = 1) and 2012
5 and 6 in this document as the average
(n = 2), all in water depths less than
density. The reason for this decision is
about 50 ft. For the 5 in3 mitigation gun,
that the 2012 data only covered block 1
measured distances of a 10 in3
and were considered more
mitigation gun from four shallow hazard
representative. To derive a maximum
SSV surveys in the Beaufort Sea were
estimated number of exposures, BP used used: One in 2007, two in 2008, and one
Summer densities
(ind/km2)
in 2011. Table 7A in BP’s application
shows average, maximum, and
minimum measured distances to each of
the four received SPL rms levels for 20–
40 in3 arrays and 10 in3 single gun. The
mitigation radii of the proposed 30 in3
airgun arrays and 5 in3 gun were
derived from the average distance of the
20–40 in3 and the 10 in3 SSV
measurements, respectively (see Table 8
in BP’s application). Distances to sound
pressure levels of 190, 180, and 160 dB
re 1 mPa, generated by the proposed
geophysical equipment is much lower
than for airguns (see Table 7B in BP’s
application). The operating frequency of
the sidescan sonar is within hearing
range of toothed whales only, with a
distance of 50 m to 180 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) and 230 m to 160 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) (Warner & McCrodan, 2011).
Sounds generated by the subbottom
profiler are within the hearing range of
all marine mammal species occurring in
the area but do not produce sounds
strong enough to reach sound pressure
levels of 190 or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms).
The distance to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
is estimated at 30 m (Warner &
McCrodan, 2011). BP considered the
distances derived from the existing
airgun arrays as summarized in Table
7A in BP’s application as representative
for the proposed 30 in3 arrays. NMFS
concurs with this approach.
Table 8 in this document presents the
radii used to estimate take (160 dB
isopleth) and to implement mitigation
measures (180 dB and 190 dB isopleths)
from the full airgun array and the 5 in3
mitigation gun. However, take is only
estimated using the larger radius of the
full airgun array.
TABLE 8—DISTANCES (IN METERS) TO BE USED FOR ESTIMATING TAKE BY LEVEL B HARASSMENT AND FOR MITIGATION
PURPOSES DURING THE PROPOSED 2014 NORTH PRUDHOE BAY 2014 SEISMIC SURVEY
190 dB re 1 μPa
Airgun discharge volume (in3)
30 in3 ...........................................................................................
5 in3 .............................................................................................
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Numbers of Marine Mammals
Potentially Taken by Harassment
The potential number of marine
mammals that might be exposed to the
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) SPL was
calculated differently for cetaceans and
pinnipeds, as described in Section 6.3 of
BP’s application and next here. BP did
not calculate take from the subbottom
profiler or from the sidescan sonar for
toothed whales. Based on the distance
to the 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) isopleths
for these sources and the fact that NMFS
proposes to authorize the maximum
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
180 dB re 1 μPa
70
20
estimated exposure estimate, the
extremely minimal number of exposures
that would result from use of these
sources is already accounted for in the
airgun exposure estimates.
1. Number of Cetaceans Potentially
Taken by Harassment
The potential number of bowhead and
beluga whales that might be exposed to
the 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) sound
pressure level was calculated by
multiplying:
• The expected bowhead and beluga
density as provided in Tables 5 and 6
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
160 dB re 1 μPa
200
50
1,600
600
in this document (Tables 4 and 5 in BP’s
application);
• The anticipated area around each
source vessel that is ensonified by the
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) sound pressure
level; and
• The estimated number of 24-hr days
that the source vessels are operating.
The area expected to be ensonified by
the 30 in3 array was determined based
on the maximum distance to the 160 dB
re 1 mPa (rms) SPL as determined from
the maximum 20–40 in3 array
measurements (Table 7A in BP’s
application), which is 1.6 km. Based on
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21543
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
a radius of 1.6 km, the 160 dB isopleth
used in the exposure calculations was 8
km2.
The estimated number of 24-hr days
of airgun operations is 7.5 days (180
hours), not including downtime.
Downtime is related to weather,
equipment maintenance, mitigation
implementation, and other
circumstances.
Average and maximum estimates of
the number of bowhead and beluga
whales potentially exposed to sound
pressure levels of 160 dB re 1mPa (rms)
or more are summarized in Table 9 in
BP’s application. Species such as gray
whale, killer whale, and harbor porpoise
are not expected to be encountered but
might be present in very low numbers;
the maximum expected number of
exposures for these species provided in
Table 9 of BP’s application is based on
the likelihood of incidental occurrences.
The average and maximum number of
bowhead whales potentially exposed to
sound levels of 160 dB re 1mPa (rms) or
more is estimated at 0 and 1,
respectively. BP requested to take three
bowheads to account for chance
encounters. The average and maximum
number of potential beluga exposures to
160 dB is 0 and 1, respectively. Belugas
are known to show aggregate behavior
and can occur in large numbers in
nearshore zones, as evidenced by the
sighting at Endicott in August 2013.
Therefore, for the unlikely event that a
group of belugas appears within the 160
dB isopleth during the proposed seismic
survey, BP added a number of 75 to the
requested authorization. Chance
encounters with small numbers of other
whale species are possible.
These estimated exposures do not
take into account the proposed
mitigation measures, such as PSOs
watching for animals, shutdowns or
power downs of the airguns when
marine mammals are seen within
defined ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
(7.5 days of 24 hour operations). The
resulting average and maximum number
of ringed, bearded, and spotted seal
exposures based on 180 hours of airgun
operations are summarized in Table 9 of
BP’s application. BP assumed that all
seal sightings would occur within the
160 dB isopleth. These estimated
exposures do not take into account the
proposed mitigation measures, such as
PSOs watching for animals, shutdowns
or power downs of the airguns when
marine mammals are seen within
defined ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
2. Number of Pinnipeds Potentially
Taken by Harassment
The estimated number of seals that
might be exposed to pulsed sounds of
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) was calculated by
multiplying:
• The expected species specific
sighting rate as provided in Table 7 in
this document (also in Table 6 in BP’s
application); and
• The total number of hours that each
source vessel will be operating during
the data acquisition period.
The estimated number of hours that
airguns will be operating is 180 hours
Table 9 here outlines the density
estimates used to estimate Level B takes,
the proposed Level B harassment take
levels, the abundance of each species in
the Beaufort Sea, the percentage of each
species or stock estimated to be taken,
and current population trends. As
explained earlier in this document,
NMFS used the maximum density
estimates or sighting rates and proposes
to authorize the maximum estimates of
exposures. Additionally, as explained
earlier, density estimates are not
available for species that are uncommon
in the proposed survey area.
Estimated Take by Harassment
Summary
TABLE 9—DENSITY ESTIMATES OR SPECIES SIGHTING RATES, PROPOSED LEVEL B HARASSMENT TAKE LEVELS, SPECIES
OR STOCK ABUNDANCE, PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION PROPOSED TO BE TAKEN, AND SPECIES TREND STATUS
Species
Density
(#/km2)
Sighting rate
(ind/hr)
Beluga whale ......................
Killer whale ..........................
Harbor porpoise ..................
Bowhead whale ...................
Gray whale ..........................
Bearded seal .......................
Ringed seal .........................
Spotted seal ........................
Ribbon seal .........................
0.0105
NA
NA
0.0055
NA
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
0.107
0.397
0.126
NA
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Analysis and Preliminary
Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact
resulting from the specified activity that
cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
not enough information on which to
base an impact determination. In
addition to considering estimates of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
Proposed
Level B take
75
1
1
3
1
19
71
23
1
Abundance
39,258
552
48,215
16,892
19,126
155,000
300,000
141,479
49,000
number of marine mammals that might
be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
harassment, NMFS must consider other
factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration,
etc.), the context of any responses
(critical reproductive time or location,
migration, etc.), as well as the number
and nature of estimated Level A
harassment takes, the number of
estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,
and the status of the species.
No injuries or mortalities are
anticipated to occur as a result of BP’s
proposed shallow geohazard survey,
and none are proposed to be authorized.
Additionally, animals in the area are not
expected to incur hearing impairment
(i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-auditory
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Percentage of
population
0.19
0.18
>0.01
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.02
>0.01
Trend
No reliable information.
Stable.
No reliable information.
Increasing.
Increasing.
No reliable information.
No reliable information.
No reliable information.
No reliable information.
physiological effects. The number of
takes that are anticipated and
authorized are expected to be limited to
short-term Level B behavioral
harassment. While the airguns will be
operated continuously for about 7.5
days, the project time frame will occur
when cetacean species are typically not
found in the project area or are found
only in low numbers. While pinnipeds
are likely to be found in the proposed
project area more frequently, their
distribution is dispersed enough that
they likely will not be in the Level B
harassment zone continuously. As
mentioned previously in this document,
pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of
anthropogenic sound than mystiectes.
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21544
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
The use of sidescan sonar, multibeam
echosounder, and subbottom profiler
continuously for 7.5 days will not
negatively impact marine mammals as
the majority of these instruments are
operated outside of the hearing
frequencies of marine mammals.
The Alaskan Beaufort Sea is part of
the main migration route of the Western
Arctic stock of bowhead whales.
However, the seismic survey has been
planned to occur when the majority of
the population is found in the Canadian
Beaufort Sea. Operation of airguns and
other sound sources will cease by
midnight on August 25 before the main
fall migration begins and well before
cow/calf pairs begin migrating through
the area. Additionally, several locations
within the Beaufort Sea serve as feeding
grounds for bowhead whales. However,
as mentioned earlier in this document,
the primary feeding grounds are not
found in Foggy Island Bay. The majority
of bowhead whales feed in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea during the fall migration
period, which will occur after the
cessation of the survey.
Belugas that migrate through the U.S.
Beaufort Sea typically do so farther
offshore (more than 37 mi [60 km]) and
in deeper waters (more than 656 ft [200
m]) than where the proposed survey
activities would occur. Gray whales are
rarely sighted this far east in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea. Additionally, there are no
known feeding grounds for gray whales
in the Foggy Island Bay area. The most
northern feeding sites known for this
species are located in the Chukchi Sea
near Hanna Shoal and Point Barrow.
The other cetacean species for which
take is proposed are uncommon in
Foggy Island Bay, and no known feeding
or calving grounds occur in Foggy
Island Bay for these species. Based on
these factors, exposures of cetaceans to
anthropogenic sounds are not expected
to last for prolonged periods (i.e.,
several days) since they are not known
to remain in the area for extended
periods of time in July and August.
Also, the shallow water location of the
survey makes it unlikely that cetaceans
would remain in the area for prolonged
periods. Based on all of this
information, the proposed project is not
anticipated to affect annual rates of
recruitment or survival for cetaceans in
the area.
Ringed seals breed and pup in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea; however, the
proposed survey will occur outside of
the breeding and pupping seasons. The
Beaufort Sea does not provide suitable
habitat for the other three ice seal
species for breeding and pupping. Based
on this information, the proposed
project is not anticipated to affect
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
annual rates of recruitment or survival
for pinnipeds in the area.
Of the nine marine mammal species
for which take is authorized, one is
listed as endangered under the ESA—
the bowhead whale—and two are listed
as threatened—ringed and bearded
seals. Schweder et al. (2009) estimated
the yearly growth rate to be 3.2% (95%
CI = 0.5–4.8%) between 1984 and 2003
using a sight-resight analysis of aerial
photographs. There are currently no
reliable data on trends of the ringed and
bearded seal stocks in Alaska. The
ribbon seal is listed as a species of
concern under the ESA. Certain stocks
or populations of gray, killer, and beluga
whales and spotted seals are listed as
endangered or are proposed for listing
under the ESA; however, none of those
stocks or populations occur in the
activity area. There is currently no
established critical habitat in the project
area for any of these nine species.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
BP’s proposed shallow geohazard
survey in Foggy Island Bay, Beaufort
Sea, Alaska, will have a negligible
impact on the affected marine mammal
species or stocks.
Small Numbers
The requested takes proposed to be
authorized represent less than 1% of all
populations or stocks (see Table 9 in
this document). These take estimates
represent the percentage of each species
or stock that could be taken by Level B
behavioral harassment if each animal is
taken only once. The numbers of marine
mammals taken are small relative to the
affected species or stock sizes. In
addition, the mitigation and monitoring
measures (described previously in this
document) proposed for inclusion in the
IHA (if issued) are expected to reduce
even further any potential disturbance
to marine mammals. NMFS
preliminarily finds that small numbers
of marine mammals will be taken
relative to the populations of the
affected species or stocks. Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock
for Taking for Subsistence Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
The disturbance and potential
displacement of marine mammals by
sounds from the proposed survey are
the principal concerns related to
subsistence use of the area. Subsistence
remains the basis for Alaska Native
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
culture and community. Marine
mammals are legally hunted in Alaskan
waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In
rural Alaska, subsistence activities are
often central to many aspects of human
existence, including patterns of family
life, artistic expression, and community
religious and celebratory activities.
Additionally, the animals taken for
subsistence provide a significant portion
of the food that will last the community
throughout the year. The main species
that are hunted include bowhead and
beluga whales, ringed, spotted, and
bearded seals, walruses, and polar bears.
(As mentioned previously in this
document, both the walrus and the
polar bear are under the USFWS’
jurisdiction.) The importance of each of
these species varies among the
communities and is largely based on
availability.
Residents of the village of Nuiqsut are
the primary subsistence users in the
project area. The communities of
Barrow and Kaktovik also harvest
resources that pass through the area of
interest but do not hunt in or near the
Foggy Island Bay area. Subsistence
hunters from all three communities
conduct an annual hunt for autumnmigrating bowhead whales. Barrow also
conducts a bowhead hunt in spring.
Residents of all three communities hunt
seals. Other subsistence activities
include fishing, waterfowl and seaduck
harvests, and hunting for walrus, beluga
whales, polar bears, caribou, and moose.
Nuiqsut is the community closest to
the seismic survey area (approximately
73 mi [117.5 km] southwest). Nuiqsut
hunters harvest bowhead whales only
during the fall whaling season (Long,
1996). In recent years, Nuiqsut whalers
have typically landed three or four
whales per year. Nuiqsut whalers
concentrate their efforts on areas north
and east of Cross Island, generally in
water depths greater than 66 ft (20 m;
Galginaitis, 2009). Cross Island is the
principal base for Nuiqsut whalers
while they are hunting bowheads (Long,
1996). Cross Island is located
approximately 10 mi (16 km) from the
closest boundary of the survey area.
Kaktovik whalers search for whales
east, north, and occasionally west of
Kaktovik. Kaktovik is located
approximately 91 mi (146.5 km) east of
Foggy Island Bay. The western most
reported harvest location was about 13
mi (21 km) west of Kaktovik, near 70°10′
N., 144°11′ W. (Kaleak, 1996). That site
is about 80 mi (129 km) east of the
proposed survey area.
Barrow whalers search for whales
much farther from the Foggy Island Bay
area—about 200+ mi (322+ km) to the
west. Barrow hunters have expressed
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
concerns about ‘‘downstream’’ effects to
bowhead whales during the westward
fall migration; however, BP will cease
airgun operations prior to the start of the
fall migration.
Beluga whales are not a prevailing
subsistence resource in the communities
of Kaktovik and Nuiqsut. Kaktovik
hunters may harvest one beluga whale
in conjunction with the bowhead hunt;
however, it appears that most
households obtain beluga through
exchanges with other communities.
Although Nuiqsut hunters have not
hunted belugas for many years while on
Cross Island for the fall hunt, this does
not mean that they may not return to
this practice in the future. Data
presented by Braund and Kruse (2009)
indicate that only 1% of Barrow’s total
harvest between 1962 and 1982 was of
beluga whales and that it did not
account for any of the harvested animals
between 1987 and 1989.
Ringed seals are available to
subsistence users in the Beaufort Sea
year-round, but they are primarily
hunted in the winter or spring due to
the rich availability of other mammals
in the summer. Bearded seals are
primarily hunted during July in the
Beaufort Sea; however, in 2007, bearded
seals were harvested in the months of
August and September at the mouth of
the Colville River Delta, which is
approximately 50+ mi (80+ km) from
the proposed survey area. However, this
sealing area can reach as far east as
Pingok Island, which is approximately
20 mi (32 km) west of the survey area.
An annual bearded seal harvest occurs
in the vicinity of Thetis Island (which
is a considerable distance from Foggy
Island Bay) in July through August.
Approximately 20 bearded seals are
harvested annually through this hunt.
Spotted seals are harvested by some of
the villages in the summer months.
Nuiqsut hunters typically hunt spotted
seals in the nearshore waters off the
Colville River Delta. The majority of the
more established seal hunts that occur
in the Beaufort Sea, such as the Colville
delta area hunts, are located a
significant distance (in some instances
50 mi [80 km] or more) from the project
area.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable
adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
‘‘. . . an impact resulting from the
specified activity: (1) That is likely to
reduce the availability of the species to
a level insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
physical barriers between the marine
mammals and the subsistence hunters;
and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
mitigated by other measures to increase
the availability of marine mammals to
allow subsistence needs to be met.’’
Noise and general activity during BP’s
proposed shallow geohazard survey
have the potential to impact marine
mammals hunted by Native Alaskan. In
the case of cetaceans, the most common
reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as
noted previously) is avoidance of the
ensonified area. In the case of bowhead
whales, this often means that the
animals divert from their normal
migratory path by several kilometers.
Helicopter activity, although not really
anticipated, also has the potential to
disturb cetaceans and pinnipeds by
causing them to vacate the area.
Additionally, general vessel presence in
the vicinity of traditional hunting areas
could negatively impact a hunt. Native
knowledge indicates that bowhead
whales become increasingly ‘‘skittish’’
in the presence of seismic noise. Whales
are more wary around the hunters and
tend to expose a much smaller portion
of their back when surfacing (which
makes harvesting more difficult).
Additionally, natives report that
bowheads exhibit angry behaviors in the
presence of seismic, such as tailslapping, which translate to danger for
nearby subsistence harvesters.
Plan of Cooperation or Measures To
Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)
require IHA applicants for activities that
take place in Arctic waters to provide a
Plan of Cooperation or information that
identifies what measures have been
taken and/or will be taken to minimize
adverse effects on the availability of
marine mammals for subsistence
purposes. BP has begun discussions
with the Alaska Eskimo Whaling
Commission (AEWC) to develop a
Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA)
intended to minimize potential
interference with bowhead subsistence
hunting. BP also attended and
participated in meetings with the AEWC
on December 13, 2013, and will attend
future meetings to be scheduled in 2014.
The CAA, when executed, will describe
measures to minimize any adverse
effects on the availability of bowhead
whales for subsistence uses.
The North Slope Borough Department
of Wildlife Management (NSB–DWM)
will be consulted, and BP plans to
present the project to the NSB Planning
Commission in 2014. BP will hold
meetings in the community of Nuiqsut
to present the proposed project, address
questions and concerns from
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21545
community members, and provide them
with contact information of project
management to which they can direct
concerns during the survey. During the
NMFS Open-Water Meeting in
Anchorage in 2013, BP presented their
proposed projects to various
stakeholders that were present during
this meeting.
BP will continue to engage with the
affected subsistence communities
regarding its Beaufort Sea activities. As
in previous years, BP will meet formally
and/or informally with several
stakeholder entities: The NSB Planning
Department, NSB–DWM, NMFS, AEWC,
Inupiat Community of the Arctic Slope,
Inupiat History Language and Culture
Center, USFWS, Nanuq and Walrus
Commissions, and Alaska Department of
Fish & Game.
Project information was provided to
and input on subsistence obtained from
the AEWC and Nanuq Commission at
the following meetings:
• AEWC, October 17, 2013; and
• Nanuq Commission, October 17,
2013.
Additional meetings with relevant
stakeholders will be scheduled and a
record of attendance and topics
discussed will be maintained and
submitted to NMFS.
BP proposes to implement several
mitigation measures to reduce impacts
on the availability of marine mammals
for subsistence hunts in the Beaufort
Sea. Many of these measures were
developed from the 2013 CAA and
previous NSB Development Permits. In
addition to the measures listed next, BP
will cease all airgun operations by
midnight on August 25 to allow time for
the Beaufort Sea communities to
prepare for their fall bowhead whale
hunts prior to the beginning of the fall
westward migration through the
Beaufort Sea. Some of the measures
mentioned next have been mentioned
previously in this document:
• PSOs on board vessels are tasked
with looking out for whales and other
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
vessel to assist the vessel captain in
avoiding harm to whales and other
marine mammals.;
• Vessels and aircraft will avoid areas
where species that are sensitive to noise
or vessel movements are concentrated;
• Communications and conflict
resolution are detailed in the CAA. BP
will participate in the Communications
Center that is operated annually during
the bowhead subsistence hunt;
• Communications with the village of
Nuiqsut to discuss community
questions or concerns including all
subsistence hunting activities. Preproject meeting(s) with Nuiqsut
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21546
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
representatives will be held at agreed
times with groups in the community of
Nuiqsut. If additional meetings are
requested, they will be set up in a
similar manner;
• Contact information for BP will be
provided to community members and
distributed in a manner agreed at the
community meeting;
• BP has contracted with a liaison
from Nuiqsut who will help coordinate
meetings and serve as an additional
contact for local residents during
planning and operations; and
• Inupiat Communicators will be
employed and work on seismic source
vessels. They will also serve as PSOs.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Preliminary Determination
BP has adopted a spatial and temporal
strategy for its Foggy Island Bay survey
that should minimize impacts to
subsistence hunters. First, BP’s
activities will not commence until after
the spring hunts have occurred. Second,
BP will cease all airgun operations by
midnight on August 25 prior to the start
of the bowhead whale fall westward
migration and any fall subsistence hunts
by Beaufort Sea communities. Foggy
Island Bay is not commonly used for
subsistence hunts. Although some seal
hunting co-occurs temporally with BP’s
proposed survey, the locations do not
overlap. BP’s presence will not place
physical barriers between the sealers
and the seals. Additionally, BP will
work closely with the closest affected
communities and support
Communications Centers and employ
local Inupiat Communicators. Based on
the description of the specified activity,
the measures described to minimize
adverse effects on the availability of
marine mammals for subsistence
purposes, and the proposed mitigation
and monitoring measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that there will
not be an unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from BP’s proposed
activities.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Within the project area, the bowhead
whale is listed as endangered and the
ringed and bearded seals are listed as
threatened under the ESA. NMFS’
Permits and Conservation Division has
initiated consultation with staff in
NMFS’ Alaska Region Protected
Resources Division under section 7 of
the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to
BP under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA for this activity. Consultation
will be concluded prior to a
determination on the issuance of an
IHA.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
NMFS is currently conducting an
analysis, pursuant to NEPA, to
determine whether this proposed IHA
may have a significant effect on the
human environment. This analysis will
be completed prior to the issuance or
denial of this proposed IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to BP for conducting a shallow
geohazard survey in the Foggy Island
Bay area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska,
during the 2014 open-water season,
provided the previously mentioned
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements are incorporated. The
proposed IHA language is provided
next.
This section contains a draft of the
IHA itself. The wording contained in
this section is proposed for inclusion in
the IHA (if issued).
1. This IHA is valid from July 1, 2014,
through September 30, 2014.
2. This IHA is valid only for activities
associated with open-water shallow
geohazard surveys and related activities
in the Beaufort Sea. The specific areas
where BP’s surveys will be conducted
are within the Foggy Island Bay Area,
Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as shown in
Figure 1 of BP’s IHA application.
3. Species Authorized and Level of
Take:
a. The incidental taking of marine
mammals, by Level B harassment only,
is limited to the following species in the
waters of the Beaufort Sea:
i. Odontocetes: 75 Beluga whales; 1
killer whale; and 1 harbor porpoise.
ii. Mysticetes: 3 Bowhead whales and
1 gray whale.
iii. Pinnipeds: 71 Ringed seals; 19
bearded seals; 23 spotted seals; and 1
ribbon seal.
iv. If any marine mammal species not
listed in conditions 3(a)(i) through (iii)
are encountered during seismic survey
operations and are likely to be exposed
to sound pressure levels (SPLs) greater
than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
for impulse sources, then the Holder of
this IHA must shut-down the sound
source to avoid take.
b. The taking by injury (Level A
harassment) serious injury, or death of
any of the species listed in condition
3(a) or the taking of any kind of any
other species of marine mammal is
prohibited and may result in the
modification, suspension or revocation
of this IHA.
4. The authorization for taking by
harassment is limited to the following
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
acoustic sources (or sources with
comparable frequency and intensity)
and from the following activities:
a. 30 in3 airgun arrays;
b. 10 in3 and/or 5 in3 mitigation
airguns; and
c. Vessel activities related to the OBS
seismic survey.
5. The taking of any marine mammal
in a manner prohibited under this
Authorization must be reported within
24 hours of the taking to the Alaska
Regional Administrator or his designee
and the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, or her
designee.
6. The holder of this Authorization
must notify the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, at least 48 hours
prior to the start of collecting seismic
data (unless constrained by the date of
issuance of this IHA in which case
notification shall be made as soon as
possible).
7. Mitigation Requirements: The
Holder of this Authorization is required
to implement the following mitigation
requirements when conducting the
specified activities to achieve the least
practicable impact on affected marine
mammal species or stocks:
a. General Vessel and Aircraft
Mitigation
i. Avoid concentrations or groups of
whales by all vessels under the
direction of BP. Operators of support
vessels should, at all times, conduct
their activities at the maximum distance
possible from such concentrations of
whales.
ii. The vessel shall be operated at
speeds necessary to ensure no physical
contact with whales occurs. If the vessel
approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of
observed whales, except when
providing emergency assistance to
whalers or in other emergency
situations, the vessel operator will take
reasonable precautions to avoid
potential interaction with the whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
A. Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
274 m) of the whale(s);
B. Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
C. Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
D. Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction;
E. Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged; and
F. Reducing vessel speed to less than
9 knots when weather conditions reduce
visibility.
iii. When weather conditions require,
such as when visibility drops, adjust
vessel speed accordingly to avoid the
likelihood of injury to whales.
iv. In the event that any aircraft (such
as helicopters) are used to support the
planned survey, the mitigation measures
below would apply:
A. Under no circumstances, other
than an emergency, shall aircraft be
operated at an altitude lower than 1,000
feet above sea level when within 0.3
mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
B. Helicopters shall not hover or
circle above or within 0.3 mile (0.5 km)
of groups of whales.
C. At all other times, aircraft should
attempt not to fly below 1,000 ft except
during emergencies and take-offs and
landings.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
b. Seismic Airgun Mitigation
i. Whenever a marine mammal is
detected outside the exclusion zone
radius and based on its position and
motion relative to the ship track is likely
to enter the exclusion radius, calculate
and implement an alternative ship
speed or track or de-energize the airgun
array, as described in condition 7(b)(iv)
below.
ii. Exclusion Zones:
A. Establish and monitor with trained
PSOs an exclusion zone for cetaceans
surrounding the airgun array on the
source vessel where the received level
would be 180 dB re 1 mPa rms. This
radius is estimated to be 200 m from the
seismic source for the 30 in3 airgun
arrays and 50 m for a single 5 in3 airgun.
B. Establish and monitor with trained
PSOs an exclusion zone for pinnipeds
surrounding the airgun array on the
source vessel where the received level
would be 190 dB re 1 mPa rms. This
radius is estimated to be 70 m from the
seismic source for the 30 in3 airgun
arrays and 20 m for a single 5 in3 airgun.
iii. Ramp-up:
A. A ramp-up, following a cold start,
can be applied if the exclusion zone has
been free of marine mammals for a
consecutive 30-minute period. The
entire exclusion zone must have been
visible during these 30 minutes. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
B. Ramp-up procedures from a cold
start shall be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion
zone during the 30-minute period prior
to the ramp up. The delay shall last
until the marine mammal(s) has been
observed to leave the exclusion zone or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
until the animal(s) is not sighted for at
least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes
applies to pinnipeds, while a 30 minute
observation period applies to cetaceans.
C. A ramp-up, following a shutdown,
can be applied if the marine mammal(s)
for which the shutdown occurred has
been observed to leave the exclusion
zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted
for at least 15 minutes (pinnipeds) or 30
minutes (cetaceans).
D. If, for any reason, electrical power
to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes
or more, ramp-up procedures shall be
implemented. Only if the PSO watch
has been suspended, a 30-minute
clearance of the exclusion zone is
required prior to commencing ramp-up.
Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a
ramp-up.
E. The seismic operator and PSOs
shall maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the
airgun arrays reach full power.
F. The ramp-up will be conducted by
doubling the number of operating
airguns at 5-minute intervals, starting
with the smallest gun in the array.
iv. Power-down/Shutdown:
A. The airgun array shall be
immediately powered down (reduction
in the number of operating airguns such
that the radii of exclusion zones are
decreased) whenever a marine mammal
is sighted approaching close to or
within the applicable exclusion zone of
the full array, but is outside the
applicable exclusion zone of the single
mitigation airgun.
B. If a marine mammal is already
within the exclusion zone when first
detected, the airguns shall be powered
down immediately.
C. Following a power-down, ramp-up
to the full airgun array shall not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it is visually observed
to have left the exclusion zone of the
full array, or has not been seen within
the zone for 15 minutes (pinnipeds) or
30 minutes (cetaceans).
D. If a marine mammal is sighted
within or about to enter the 190 or 180
dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of
the single mitigation airgun, the airgun
array shall be shutdown immediately.
E. Airgun activity after a complete
shutdown shall not resume until the
marine mammal has cleared the
exclusion zone of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion zone as described
above under ramp-up procedures.
v. Poor Visibility Conditions:
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21547
A. If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness, the full 180
dB exclusion zone is not visible, the
airguns cannot commence a ramp-up
procedure from a full shut-down.
B. If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
C. The mitigation airgun will be
operated at approximately one shot per
minute and will not be operated for
longer than three hours in duration
during daylight hours and good
visibility. In cases when the next startup after the turn is expected to be
during lowlight or low visibility, use of
the mitigation airgun may be initiated
30 minutes before darkness or low
visibility conditions occur and may be
operated until the start of the next
seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at
approximately one shot per minute.
c. Subsistence Mitigation
i. Airgun and echosounder, sonar, and
subbottom profiler operations must
cease no later than midnight on August
25, 2014;
ii. BP will participate in the
Communications Center that is operated
annually during the bowhead
subsistence hunt; and
iii. Inupiat communicators will work
on the seismic vessels.
8. Monitoring
a. The holder of this Authorization
must designate biologically-trained, onsite individuals (PSOs) to be onboard
the source vessels, who are approved in
advance by NMFS, to conduct the visual
monitoring programs required under
this Authorization and to record the
effects of seismic surveys and the
resulting sound on marine mammals.
i. PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat
observers and experienced field
biologists. An experienced field crew
leader will supervise the PSO team
onboard the survey vessel. New
observers shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid
situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
ii. Crew leaders and most other
biologists serving as observers will be
individuals with experience as
observers during recent seismic or
shallow hazards monitoring projects in
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21548
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort, or other
offshore areas in recent years.
iii. PSOs shall complete a training
session on marine mammal monitoring,
to be conducted shortly before the
anticipated start of the 2014 open-water
season. The training session(s) will be
conducted by qualified marine
mammalogists with extensive crewleader experience during previous
vessel-based monitoring programs. An
observers’ handbook, adapted for the
specifics of the planned survey program
will be reviewed as part of the training.
iv. If there are Alaska Native PSOs,
the PSO training that is conducted prior
to the start of the survey activities shall
be conducted with both Alaska Native
PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained
at the same time in the same room.
There shall not be separate training
courses for the different PSOs.
v. Crew members should not be used
as primary PSOs because they have
other duties and generally do not have
the same level of expertise, experience,
or training as PSOs, but they could be
stationed on the fantail of the vessel to
observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array and
implement a power-down or shutdown
if a marine mammal enters the
exclusion zone).
vi. If crew members are to be used as
PSOs, they shall go through some basic
training consistent with the functions
they will be asked to perform. The best
approach would be for crew members
and PSOs to go through the same
training together.
vii. PSOs shall be trained using visual
aids (e.g., videos, photos), to help them
identify the species that they are likely
to encounter in the conditions under
which the animals will likely be seen.
viii. BP shall train its PSOs to follow
a scanning schedule that consistently
distributes scanning effort according to
the purpose and need for observations.
For example, the schedule might call for
60% of scanning effort to be directed
toward the near field and 40% at the far
field. All PSOs should follow the same
schedule to ensure consistency in their
scanning efforts.
ix. PSOs shall be trained in
documenting the behaviors of marine
mammals. PSOs should simply record
the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting,
approaching or moving away from
vessels) and relative location of the
observed marine mammals.
b. To the extent possible, PSOs should
be on duty for four (4) consecutive
hours or less, although more than one
four-hour shift per day is acceptable;
however, an observer shall not be on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
duty for more than 12 hours in a 24hour period.
c. Monitoring is to be conducted by
the PSOs onboard the active seismic
vessels to ensure that no marine
mammals enter the appropriate
exclusion zone whenever the seismic
acoustic sources are on and to record
marine mammal activity as described in
condition 8(f). Two PSOs will be
present on the vessel. At least one PSO
shall monitor for marine mammals at
any time during daylight hours.
d. At all times, the crew must be
instructed to keep watch for marine
mammals. If any are sighted, the bridge
watch-stander must immediately notify
the PSO(s) on-watch. If a marine
mammal is within or closely
approaching its designated exclusion
zone, the seismic acoustic sources must
be immediately powered down or
shutdown (in accordance with
condition 7(b)(iv)).
e. Observations by the PSOs on
marine mammal presence and activity
will begin a minimum of 30 minutes
prior to the estimated time that the
seismic source is to be turned on and/
or ramped-up.
f. All marine mammal observations
and any airgun power-down, shut-down
and ramp-up will be recorded in a
standardized format. Data will be
entered into a custom database. The
accuracy of the data entry will be
verified daily through QA/QC
procedures. These procedures will
allow initial summaries of data to be
prepared during and shortly after the
field program, and will facilitate transfer
of the data to other programs for further
processing and archiving.
g. Monitoring shall consist of
recording:
i. The species, group size, age/size/sex
categories (if determinable), the general
behavioral activity, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from
seismic vessel, sighting cue, behavioral
pace, and apparent reaction of all
marine mammals seen near the seismic
vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none,
avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc);
ii. The time, location, heading, speed,
and activity of the vessel (shooting or
not), along with sea state, visibility,
cloud cover and sun glare at:
A. Any time a marine mammal is
sighted (including pinnipeds hauled out
on barrier islands),
B. At the start and end of each watch,
and
C. During a watch (whenever there is
a change in one or more variable);
iii. The identification of all vessels
that are visible within 5 km of the
seismic vessel whenever a marine
mammal is sighted, and the time
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
observed, bearing, distance, heading,
speed and activity of the other vessel(s);
iv. Any identifiable marine mammal
behavioral response (sighting data
should be collected in a manner that
will not detract from the PSO’s ability
to detect marine mammals);
v. Any adjustments made to operating
procedures; and
iv. Visibility during observation
periods so that total estimates of take
can be corrected accordingly.
h. BP shall work with its observers to
develop a means for recording data that
does not reduce observation time
significantly.
i. PSOs shall use the best possible
positions for observing (e.g., outside and
as high on the vessel as possible), taking
into account weather and other working
conditions. PSOs shall carefully
document visibility during observation
periods so that total estimates of take
can be corrected accordingly.
j. PSOs shall scan systematically with
the unaided eye and reticle binoculars,
and other devices.
k. PSOs shall attempt to maximize the
time spent looking at the water and
guarding the exclusion radii. They shall
avoid the tendency to spend too much
time evaluating animal behavior or
entering data on forms, both of which
detract from their primary purpose of
monitoring the exclusion zone.
l. Night-vision equipment (Generation
3 binocular image intensifiers, or
equivalent units) shall be available for
use during low light hours, and BP shall
continue to research methods of
detecting marine mammals during
periods of low visibility.
m. PSOs shall understand the
importance of classifying marine
mammals as ‘‘unknown’’ or
‘‘unidentified’’ if they cannot identify
the animals to species with confidence.
In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the
identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an
unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the
animal had a dorsal fin.
n. Additional details about
unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ‘‘blow only’’, mysticete with (or
without) a dorsal fin, ‘‘seal splash’’, etc.,
shall be recorded.
o. BP shall conduct a fish and airgun
sound monitoring program as described
in the IHA application and further
refined in consultation with an expert
panel.
9. Data Analysis and Presentation in
Reports:
a. Estimation of potential takes or
exposures shall be improved for times
with low visibility (such as during fog
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
or darkness) through interpolation or
possibly using a probability approach.
Those data could be used to interpolate
possible takes during periods of
restricted visibility.
b. Water depth should be
continuously recorded by the vessel and
for each marine mammal sighting. Water
depth should be accounted for in the
analysis of take estimates.
c. BP shall be very clear in their report
about what periods are considered
‘‘non-seismic’’ for analyses.
d. BP shall examine data from
ASAMM and other such programs to
assess possible impacts from their
seismic survey.
e. To better assess impacts to marine
mammals, data analysis shall be
separated into periods when a seismic
airgun array (or a single mitigation
airgun) is operating and when it is not.
Final and comprehensive reports to
NMFS should summarize and plot:
i. Data for periods when a seismic
array is active and when it is not; and
ii. The respective predicted received
sound conditions over fairly large areas
(tens of km) around operations.
f. To help evaluate the effectiveness of
PSOs and more effectively estimate take,
if appropriate data are available, BP
shall perform analysis of sightability
curves (detection functions) for
distance-based analyses.
g. BP should improve take estimates
and statistical inference into effects of
the activities by incorporating the
following measures:
i. Reported results from all hypothesis
tests should include estimates of the
associated statistical power when
practicable.
ii. Estimate and report uncertainty in
all take estimates. Uncertainty could be
expressed by the presentation of
confidence limits, a minimummaximum, posterior probability
distribution, etc.; the exact approach
would be selected based on the
sampling method and data available.
10. Reporting Requirements: The
Holder of this Authorization is required
to:
a. A report will be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the end of the
proposed seismic survey. The report
will summarize all activities and
monitoring results conducted during inwater seismic surveys. The Technical
Report will include the following:
i. Summary of project start and end
dates, airgun activity, number of guns,
and the number and circumstances of
implementing ramp-up, power down,
shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
ii. Summaries of monitoring effort
(e.g., total hours, total distances, and
marine mammal distribution through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
the study period, accounting for sea
state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals);
iii. Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number
of observers, and fog/glare);
iv. Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings, including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories (if
determinable), and group sizes;
v. Analyses of the effects of survey
operations;
vi. Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without
seismic survey activities (and other
variables that could affect detectability),
such as:
A. Initial sighting distances versus
survey activity state;
B. Closest point of approach versus
survey activity state;
C. Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus survey activity state;
D. Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus survey activity state;
E. Distribution around the source
vessels versus survey activity state; and
F. Estimates of exposures of marine
mammals to Level B harassment
thresholds based on presence in the 160
dB harassment zone.
b. The draft report will be subject to
review and comment by NMFS. Any
recommendations made by NMFS must
be addressed in the final report prior to
acceptance by NMFS. The draft report
will be considered the final report for
this activity under this Authorization if
NMFS has not provided comments and
recommendations within 90 days of
receipt of the draft report.
c. BP will present the results of the
fish and airgun sound study to NMFS in
a detailed report.
11. Notification of Dead or Injured
Marine Mammals
a. In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by the IHA, such as an injury
(Level A harassment), serious injury or
mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear
interaction, and/or entanglement), BP
would immediately cease the specified
activities and immediately report the
incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators.
The report would include the following
information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21549
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the
24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
• Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
• Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by
NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
b. In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident
to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or
by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report
would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above.
Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances
of the incident. NMFS would work with
BP to determine whether modifications
in the activities are appropriate.
c. In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in the IHA
(e.g., previously wounded animal,
carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
BP would report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
24 hours of the discovery. BP would
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
12. Activities related to the
monitoring described in this IHA do not
require a separate scientific research
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
21550
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 / Notices
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
permit issued under section 104 of the
MMPA.
13. BP is required to comply with the
Reasonable and Prudent Measures and
Terms and Conditions of the Incidental
Take Statement (ITS) corresponding to
NMFS’ Biological Opinion.
14. A copy of this IHA and the ITS
must be in the possession of all
contractors and PSOs operating under
the authority of this IHA.
15. Penalties and Permit Sanctions:
Any person who violates any provision
of this Incidental Harassment
Authorization is subject to civil and
criminal penalties, permit sanctions,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:47 Apr 15, 2014
Jkt 232001
and forfeiture as authorized under the
MMPA.
16. This Authorization may be
modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the Holder fails to abide by the
conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a
negligible impact on the species or stock
of affected marine mammals, or if there
is an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for
subsistence uses.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on our
analysis, the draft authorization, and
any other aspect of the Notice of
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
Proposed IHA for BP’s proposed
shallow geohazard survey in the Foggy
Island Bay area of the Beaufort Sea,
Alaska, during the 2014 open-water
season. Please include with your
comments any supporting data or
literature citations to help inform our
final decision on BP’s request for an
MMPA authorization.
Dated: April 10, 2014.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2014–08534 Filed 4–15–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\16APN2.SGM
16APN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 73 (Wednesday, April 16, 2014)]
[Notices]
[Pages 21521-21550]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-08534]
[[Page 21521]]
Vol. 79
Wednesday,
No. 73
April 16, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geohazard Survey in the Beaufort Sea,
Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 73 / Wednesday, April 16, 2014 /
Notices
[[Page 21522]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XD229
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geohazard Survey in the Beaufort
Sea, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from BP Exploration (Alaska)
Inc. (BP) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take
marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to conducting a shallow
geohazard survey in Foggy Island Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the
2014 open water season. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to
BP to incidentally take, by Level B harassment only, marine mammals
during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 16,
2014.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie
Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental Take Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox
address for providing email comments is ITP.Nachman@noaa.gov. NMFS is
not responsible for email comments sent to addresses other than the one
provided here. Comments sent via email, including all attachments, must
not exceed a 25-megabyte file size.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm without change. All Personal Identifying Information
(e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be
publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
An electronic copy of the application containing a list of the
references used in this document may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. Documents cited in this
notice may also be viewed, by appointment, during regular business
hours, at the aforementioned address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Candace Nachman, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking, other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on the species or stock and its
habitat, and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and
reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible
impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as ``. . . an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.''
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: ``any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment].''
Summary of Request
On February 4, 2014, NMFS received an application from BP for the
taking of marine mammals incidental to conducting a shallow geohazard
survey. NMFS determined that the application was adequate and complete
on March 6, 2014.
BP proposes to conduct a shallow geohazard survey in Federal and
state waters of Foggy Island Bay in the Beaufort Sea during the open-
water season of 2014. The proposed activity would occur between July 1
and September 30; however, airgun and other sound source equipment
operations would cease on August 25. The following specific aspects of
the proposed activity are likely to result in the take of marine
mammals: airguns and scientific sonars/devices. Take, by Level B
harassment only, of 9 marine mammal species is anticipated to result
from the specified activity.
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
BP's proposed shallow geohazard survey would consist of two phases:
a site survey and a sonar survey. During the first phase, the Site
Survey, the emphasis is on obtaining shallow geohazard data using an
airgun array and a towed streamer. During the second phase, the Sonar
Survey, data will be acquired both in the Site Survey location and
subsea pipeline corridor area (see Figure 1 in BP's application) using
the multibeam echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom profiler, and the
magnetometer. The total discharge volume of the airgun array will not
exceed 30 cubic inches (in\3\). The program is proposed to be conducted
during the 2014 open-water season.
The purpose of the proposed shallow geohazard survey is to evaluate
development of the Liberty field. The Liberty reservoir is located in
federal waters in Foggy Island Bay about 8 miles (mi) east of the
Endicott Satellite Drilling Island. The project's preferred alternative
is to build a gravel island situated over the reservoir. In support of
the preferred alternative, a Site Survey is planned with an emphasis on
obtaining two-dimensional high-resolution (2DHR) shallow geohazard data
using an airgun array and a towed streamer. Additional infrastructure
required for the preferred alternative would include a subsea pipeline.
A Sonar Survey, using multibeam echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom
profiler, and magnetometer is proposed over the Site Survey location
and subsea pipeline corridor area. The purpose of this proposed survey
is to evaluate the existence and location of archaeological resources
and potential geologic hazards on the seafloor and in the shallow
subsurface.
Dates and Duration
The planned start date is approximately July 1, 2014, with data
[[Page 21523]]
acquisition beginning when open water conditions allow. The survey is
expected to take approximately 20 days to complete, not including
weather downtime. Each phase of the survey (i.e., site survey and sonar
survey) has an expected duration of 7.5 days based on a 24-hour
workday. Between the first and second phase, the operations will be
focused on changing equipment for about 5 days (i.e., no active sound
sources would be used to acquire data during this time). To limit
potential impacts to the bowhead whale fall migration and subsistence
hunting, airgun and sonar operations will cease by midnight on August
25. Demobilization of equipment would continue after airgun and sonar
operations end but would be completed by September 30. Therefore, the
proposed dates for the IHA (if issued) are July 1 through September 30,
2014.
Specified Geographic Region
The proposed shallow geohazards survey would occur in Federal and
state waters of Foggy Island Bay in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska. The
project area lies mainly within the Liberty Unit but also includes
portions of the Duck Island Unit, as well as non-unit areas. Figure 1
in BP's application outlines the proposed survey acquisition areas,
including proposed boundaries for the two phases of the project. The
Phase 1 Site Survey, focused on obtaining shallow geohazard data using
an airgun array and towed streamer, will occur within approximately 12
mi\2\. The Phase 2 Sonar Survey will occur over the Site Survey area
and over approximately 5 mi\2\ within the 29 mi\2\ area identified in
Figure 1 of BP's application. Water depth in this area ranges from
about 2-24 ft. Activity outside the area delineated in Figure 1 of BP's
application may include vessel turning while using airguns, vessel
transit, and other vessel movements for project support and logistics.
The approximate boundaries of the two survey areas are between
70[deg]14'10'' N. and 70[deg]20'20'' N. and between 147[deg]29'05'' W.
and 148[deg]52'30'' W.
Detailed Description of Activities
The activities associated with the proposed shallow geohazard
survey include vessel mobilization, navigation and data management,
housing and logistics, and data acquisition.
1. Vessel Mobilization
One vessel will be used for the geohazard survey. The proposed
survey vessel (R/V Thunder or equivalent) is about 70 x 20 ft in size.
This vessel will be transported to the North Slope by truck and
prepared and launched at West Dock or Endicott. Vessel preparation
includes the assembly of navigation, acoustic, and safety equipment.
Initial fueling and stocking of recording equipment will also be part
of the vessel preparations. Once assembled, the navigation and acoustic
systems will be tested at West Dock or at the project site.
2. Navigation and Data Management
The vessel will be equipped with Differential Global Navigation
Satellite System receivers capable of observing dual constellations and
backup. Corrected positions will be provided via a precise point
positioning solution. A kinematic base station will be kept at the
housing facilities in Deadhorse to mitigate against the inability to
acquire a precise point positioning signal. Tidal corrections will be
determined through Global Navigation Satellite System computation,
comparison with any local tide gauges, and, if available, with tide
gauges operated by other projects.
A navigation software package will display known obstructions,
islands, and identified areas of sensitivity. The software will also
show the pre-determined source line positions within the two survey
areas. The information will be updated as necessary to ensure required
data coverage. The navigation software will also record all measured
equipment offsets and corrections and vessel and equipment position at
a frequency of no less than once per 5 seconds for the duration of the
project.
3. Housing and Logistics
Approximately 20 people will be involved in the operation. Most of
the crew will be accommodated at existing camps, and some crew will be
housed on the vessel. Support activities, such as crew transfers and
vessel re-supply are primarily planned to occur at Endicott and West
Dock. However, support activities may also occur at other nearby vessel
accessible locations if needed (e.g., East Dock). Equipment staging and
onshore support will primarily occur at West Dock but may also take
place at other existing road-accessible pads within the Prudhoe Bay
Unit area as necessary. For protection from weather, the vessel may
anchor near West Dock, near the barrier islands, or other near shore
locations.
4. Data Acquisition
Equipment proposed for use during the proposed shallow geohazard
survey includes airgun, multibeam echosounder, sidescan sonar,
subbottom profiler, and a marine magnetometer. Details related to data
acquisition are summarized next.
Survey Design: One vessel will be used for the proposed survey. The
proposed vessel (R/V Thunder or equivalent) is about 70 x 20 ft in
size. The airgun and streamer, sidescan sonar, and magnetometer will be
deployed from the vessel. The multibeam echosounder and subbottom
profiler will be hull-mounted. No equipment will be placed on the sea
floor as part of survey activities.
The survey will acquire data in two phases. During the first phase
the emphasis is on obtaining shallow geohazard data in the Site Survey
area (see Figure 1 in BP's application) using an airgun array and a
towed streamer. During the second phase data will be acquired in both
the Site Survey and Sonar Survey areas (see Figure 1 in BP's
application) using the multibeam echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom
profiler, and the magnetometer. Each phase has an expected duration of
about 7.5 days, based on a 24-hour workday. Between the first and
second phase the operations will be focused on changing equipment for
about 5 days.
2DHR Seismic: High-resolution seismic data acquisition will only
take place during Phase 1 in the Site Survey area. The 2DHR seismic
source will consist of one of two potential arrays, each with a
discharge volume of 30 in\3\ and containing multiple airguns. The first
array option will have three 10 in\3\ airguns, and the other array
option will have a 20 in\3\ and a 10 in\3\ airgun. Table 1 in this
document and BP's application summarizes airgun array specifics for
each option. A 5 in\3\ airgun will be utilized as the mitigation gun.
The tow depth will be about 3 ft.
The receivers will be placed on a streamer that is towed behind the
source vessel. The streamer will be about 984 ft in length and will
contain 48 receivers at about 20 ft spacing.
Seismic data will be acquired on two grids. Grid 1 will contain
lines spaced at 492 ft with perpendicular 984 ft spaced lines. Grid 2
will contain approximately 65 ft spaced lines. The total line length of
both grids will be about 342 miles.
The vessel will travel with a speed of approximately 3-4 knots. The
seismic pulse interval is 20.5 ft, which means a shot every 3 to 4
seconds.
[[Page 21524]]
Table 1--Proposed 30 in\3\ Airgun Array Configurations and Source
Signatures as Predicted by the Gundalf Airgun Array Model for 1 m Depth
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 in\3\ Array 30 in\3\ Array
Array specifics option 1 option 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of guns.............. Three 2000 psi Two 2000 psi sleeve
sleeve airguns (3 x airguns (1 x 20
10 in\3\). in\3\, 1 x 10
in\3\).
Zero to peak................ 4.89 bar-m (~234 dB 3.62 bar-m (~231 dB
re [micro]Pa @1 m). re 1 [micro]Pa @1
m).
Peak to peak................ 9.75 bar-m (~240 dB 7.04 bar-m (~237 dB
re [micro]Pa @1 m). re 1 [micro]Pa @1
m).
RMS pressure................ 0.28 bar-m (~209 dB 0.22 bar-m (~207 dB
re [micro]Pa @1 m). re 1 [micro]Pa @1
m).
Dominant frequencies........ About 20-300 Hz..... About 20-300 Hz.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multibeam Echosounder and Sidescan Sonar: A multibeam echosounder
and sidescan sonar will be used to obtain high accuracy information
regarding bathymetry and isonification of the seafloor. For accurate
object detection, a side scan sonar survey is required to complement a
multibeam echosounder survey.
The proposed multibeam echosounder operates at a root mean squared
(rms) source level of approximately 220 dB re 1 [mu]Pa at 1 m. The
multibeam echosounder emits high frequency energy in a fan-shaped
pattern of equidistant or equiangular beam spacing. The beam width of
the emitted sound energy in the along track direction is 2 degrees at
200 kilohertz (kHz) and 1 degree at 400 kHz, while the across track
beam width is 1 degree at 200 kHz and 0.5 degrees at 400 kHz (see Table
2 in BP's application and this document). The maximum ping rate of the
multibeam echosounder is 60 Hz.
The proposed sidescan sonar system will operate at about 100 kHz
(120 kHz to 135 kHz) and 400 kHz (400 kHz to 450 kHz). The estimated
rms source level is approximately 215 dB re 1 [mu]Pa at 1 m (Table 2).
The sound energy is emitted in a narrow fan-shaped pattern, with a
horizontal beam width of 1.5 degrees for 100 kHz and 0.4 degrees at 400
kHz, with a vertical beam height of 50 degrees. The maximum ping rate
of the sidescan sonar is 30 Hz.
Data acquisition with the multibeam echosounder and sidescan sonar
data will take place along all grids in the Sonar Survey area.
Additional multibeam echosounder and sidescan sonar infill lines will
be added to obtain 150% coverage over certain areas.
In addition, BP may conduct a strudel scour survey in the
Kadleroshilik and Sagavanirktok River overflood areas for about 3 days,
depending on results from reconnaissance flights in June. This data
would be collected from a separate vessel equipped with a multibeam
echosounder and sidescan sonar. These units would operate at a
frequency of about 400 kHz. Because this operating frequency is outside
the hearing range of marine mammals, the strudel scour survey is not
part of BP's IHA application and is not analyzed further.
Subbottom Profiler: The purpose of the subbottom profiler is to
provide an accurate digital image of the shallow sub-surface sea
bottom, below the mud line. The proposed system emits energy in the
frequency bands of 2 to 16 kHz (Table 2). The beam width is 15 to 24
degrees, depending on the center frequency. Typical pulse rate is
between 3 and 6 Hz. Subbottom profiler data will be acquired
continuously along all grids during Phase 2 of the operations (i.e.,
after 2DHR seismic data has been obtained).
Magnetometer: A marine magnetometer will be used for the detection
of magnetic deflection generated by geologic features, and buried or
exposed ferrous objects, which may be related to archaeological
artifacts or modern man-made debris. The magnetometer will be towed at
a sufficient distance behind the vessel to avoid data pollution by the
vessel's magnetic properties. Magnetometers measure changes in magnetic
fields over the seabed and do not produce sounds. Therefore, this piece
of equipment is not anticipated to result in the take of marine mammals
and is not analyzed further in this document.
Table 2--Source Characteristics of the Proposed Geophysical Survey Equipment of the Liberty Geohazard Survey
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Along track Across track RMS sound pressure
Equipment Operating frequency beam width beam width level
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multibeam echosounder............. 200-400 kHz.......... 1-2[deg] 0.5-1[deg] ~220 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
@1m.
Sidescan sonar.................... 120-135 kHz.......... 1.5[deg] 50[deg] ~215 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
400-450 kHz.......... 0.4[deg] 50[deg] @1m.
Subbottom profiler................ 2-16 kHz............. 15-24[deg] 15-24[deg] ~216 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
@1m.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity
The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse assemblage of marine mammals.
Table 3 lists the 12 marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area.
Table 3--Marine Mammal Species With Confirmed or Possible Occurrence in the Proposed Seismic Survey Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common name Scientific name Status Occurrence Seasonality Range Abundance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odontocetes..................... Delphinapterus ................... Common............ Mostly spring and Russia to Canada.. 39,258
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea leucas. fall with some in
stock). summer.
[[Page 21525]]
Killer whale.................... Orcinus orca....... ................... Occasional/ Mostly summer and California to 552
Extralimital. early fall. Alaska.
Harbor porpoise................. Phocoena phocoena.. ................... Occasional/ Mostly summer and California to 48,215
Extralimital. early fall. Alaska.
Narwhal......................... Monodon monoceros.. ................... .................. .................. .................. 45,358
Mysticetes...................... Balaena mysticetus. Endangered; Common............ Mostly spring and Russia to Canada.. 16,892
Bowhead whale................... Depleted. fall with some in
summer.
Gray whale...................... Eschrichtius ................... Somewhat common... Mostly summer..... Mexico to the U.S. 19,126
robustus. Arctic Ocean.
Minke whale..................... Balaenoptera ................... .................. .................. .................. 810-1,003
acutorostrata.
Humpback whale (Central North Megaptera Endangered; .................. .................. .................. 21,063
Pacific stock). novaeangliae. Depleted.
Pinnipeds....................... Erigathus barbatus. Threatened; Common............ Spring and summer. Bering, Chukchi, 155,000
Bearded seal (Beringia distinct Depleted. and Beaufort Seas.
population segment).
Ringed seal (Arctic stock)...... Phoca hispida...... Threatened; Common............ Year round........ Bering, Chukchi, 300,000
Depleted. and Beaufort Seas.
Spotted seal.................... Phoca largha....... ................... Common............ Summer............ Japan to U.S. 141,479
Arctic Ocean.
Ribbon seal..................... Histriophoca Species of concern. Occasional........ Summer............ Russia to U.S. 49,000
fasciata. Arctic Ocean.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.
The highlighted (grayed out) species in Table 3 are so rarely
sighted in the central Alaskan Beaufort Sea that their presence in the
proposed project area, and therefore take, is unlikely. Minke whales
are relatively common in the Bering and southern Chukchi seas and have
recently also been sighted in the northeastern Chukchi Sea (Aerts et
al., 2013; Clarke et al., 2013). Minke whales are rare in the Beaufort
Sea. They have not been reported in the Beaufort Sea during the Bowhead
Whale Aerial Survey Project/Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine Mammals
(BWASP/ASAMM) surveys (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013; Monnet and
Treacy, 2005), and there was only one observation in 2007 during
vessel-based surveys in the region (Funk et al., 2010). Humpback whales
have not generally been found in the Arctic Ocean. However, subsistence
hunters have spotted humpback whales in low numbers around Barrow, and
there have been several confirmed sightings of humpback whales in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea in recent years (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et
al., 2013). The first confirmed sighting of a humpback whale in the
Beaufort Sea was recorded in August 2007 (Hashagen et al., 2009) when a
cow and calf were observed 54 mi east of Point Barrow. No additional
sightings have been documented in the Beaufort Sea. Narwhal are common
in the waters of northern Canada, west Greenland, and in the European
Arctic, but rarely occur in the Beaufort Sea (COSEWIC, 2004). Only a
handful of sightings have occurred in Alaskan waters (Allen and
Angliss, 2013). These three species are not considered further in this
proposed IHA notice. Both the walrus and the polar bear could occur in
the U.S. Beaufort Sea; however, these species are managed by the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are not considered further in
this Notice of Proposed IHA.
The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of the bowhead whale migration
route. The main migration periods occur in spring from April to June
and in fall from late August/early September through October to early
November. During the fall migration, several locations in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea serve as feeding grounds for bowhead whales. Small numbers
of bowhead whales that remain in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer
also feed in these areas. The U.S. Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding
or calving area for any other cetacean species. Ringed seals breed and
pup in the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not occur during the summer
or early fall. Further information on the biology and local
distribution of these species can be found in BP's application (see
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine Mammal Stock Assessment Reports, which
are available online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the
types of stressors associated with the specified activity (e.g.,
seismic airgun, sidescan sonar, subbottom profiler, vessel movement)
have been observed to or are thought to impact marine mammals. This
section may include a discussion of known effects that do not rise to
the level of an MMPA take (for example, with acoustics, we may include
a discussion of studies that showed animals not reacting at all to
sound or exhibiting barely measurable avoidance). The discussion may
also include reactions that we consider to rise to the level of a take
and those that we do not consider to rise to the level of a take. This
section is intended as a background of potential effects and does not
consider either the specific manner in which this activity will be
carried out or the mitigation that will be implemented or how either of
those will shape the anticipated impacts from this specific activity.
The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later in this
document will include a
[[Page 21526]]
quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to
be taken by this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section
will include the analysis of how this specific activity will impact
marine mammals and will consider the content of this section, the
``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation''
section, and the ``Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat''
section to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of this
activity on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and
from that on the affected marine mammal populations or stocks.
Background on Sound
Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that
travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally
characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's
pitch and is measured in hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while sound
level describes the sound's intensity and is measured in decibels (dB).
Sound level increases or decreases exponentially with each dB of
change. The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10-dB
increase is a 10-fold increase in acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase
is then a 100-fold increase in power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic
power does not mean that the sound is perceived as being 10 times
louder, however. Sound levels are compared to a reference sound
pressure (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium. For air and water,
these reference pressures are ``re: 20 [micro]Pa'' and ``re: 1
[micro]Pa,'' respectively. Root mean square (RMS) is the quadratic mean
sound pressure over the duration of an impulse. RMS is calculated by
squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then
taking the square root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS accounts for
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part, because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units rather than by peak pressures.
Acoustic Impacts
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using
auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data,
Southall et al. (2007) designate ``functional hearing groups'' for
marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. The functional groups and the
associated frequencies are indicated below (though animals are less
sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of their functional range and
most sensitive to sounds of frequencies within a smaller range
somewhere in the middle of their functional hearing range):
Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and
30 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises,
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz;
Phocid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated
to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz; and
Otariid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is
estimated to occur between approximately 100 Hz and 40 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, nine marine mammal
species (five cetaceans and four phocid pinnipeds) may occur in the
proposed seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean species likely to
occur in the proposed project area and for which take is requested, two
are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and gray
whales), two are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga
and killer whales), and one is classified as a high-frequency cetacean
(i.e., harbor porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A species functional
hearing group is a consideration when we analyze the effects of
exposure to sound on marine mammals.
1. Tolerance
Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industry
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water
at distances of many kilometers. Numerous studies have also shown that
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show
no apparent response to industry activities of various types (Miller et
al., 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006). This is often true even in cases
when the sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on
measured received levels and the hearing sensitivity of that mammal
group. Although various baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to
underwater sound such as airgun pulses or vessels under some
conditions, at other times mammals of all three types have shown no
overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986; Richardson et al., 1995;
Madsen and Mohl, 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs and Terhune, 2002;
Madsen et al., 2002; Miller et al., 2005). Weir (2008) observed marine
mammal responses to seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array firing a
total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 in\3\ in Angolan waters
between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir recorded a total of 207
sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm whales (n = 124), and
Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported that there were no
significant differences in encounter rates (sightings/hr) for humpback
and sperm whales according to the airgun array's operational status
(i.e., active versus silent). The airgun arrays used in the Weir (2008)
study were much larger than the array proposed for use during this
proposed survey (total discharge volume of 30 in\3\). In general,
pinnipeds and small odontocetes seem to be more tolerant of exposure to
some types of underwater sound than are baleen whales. Richardson et
al. (1995) found that vessel noise does not seem to strongly affect
pinnipeds that are already in the water. Richardson et al. (1995) went
on to explain that seals on haul-outs sometimes respond strongly to the
presence of vessels and at other times appear to show considerable
tolerance of vessels.
2. Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds,
often at similar frequencies. Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a
variety of purposes, which differ among species, but include
communication between individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction,
avoiding predators, and learning about their environment (Erbe and
Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000). Masking, or auditory interference,
generally occurs when sounds in the environment are louder than, and of
a similar frequency as, auditory signals an animal is trying to
receive. Masking is a phenomenon that affects animals that
[[Page 21527]]
are trying to receive acoustic information about their environment,
including sounds from other members of their species, predators, prey,
and sounds that allow them to orient in their environment. Masking
these acoustic signals can disturb the behavior of individual animals,
groups of animals, or entire populations.
Masking occurs when anthropogenic sounds and signals (that the
animal utilizes) overlap at both spectral and temporal scales. For the
airgun sound generated from the proposed seismic survey, sound will
consist of low frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with extremely short
durations (less than one second). Lower frequency man-made sounds are
more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. There
is little concern regarding masking near the sound source due to the
brief duration of these pulses and relatively longer silence between
airgun shots (approximately 3-4 seconds). However, at long distances
(over tens of kilometers away), due to multipath propagation and
reverberation, the durations of airgun pulses can be ``stretched'' to
seconds with long decays (Madsen et al., 2006), although the intensity
of the sound is greatly reduced.
This could affect communication signals used by low frequency
mysticetes when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and cause
increased stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al., 2009).
Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by
adjusting their acoustic behavior by shifting call frequencies, and/or
increasing call volume and vocalization rates. For example, blue whales
are found to increase call rates when exposed to seismic survey noise
in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2010). The North
Atlantic right whales exposed to high shipping noise increase call
frequency (Parks et al., 2007), while some humpback whales respond to
low-frequency active sonar playbacks by increasing song length (Miller
el al., 2000). Bowhead whale calls are frequently detected in the
presence of seismic pulses, although the number of calls detected may
sometimes be reduced (Richardson et al., 1986; Greene et al., 1999),
possibly because animals moved away from the sound source or ceased
calling (Blackwell et al., 2013). Additionally, beluga whales have been
known to change their vocalizations in the presence of high background
noise possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et al., 1985; Lesage et al.,
1999; Scheifele et al., 2005). Although some degree of masking is
inevitable when high levels of manmade broadband sounds are introduced
into the sea, marine mammals have evolved systems and behavior that
function to reduce the impacts of masking. Structured signals, such as
the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales, may be
readily detected even in the presence of strong background noise
because their frequency content and temporal features usually differ
strongly from those of the background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990).
The components of background noise that are similar in frequency to the
sound signal in question primarily determine the degree of masking of
that signal.
Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions,
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale,
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain et al., 1993; Bain and
Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales, and probably other marine mammals as
well, have additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can
facilitate detection of sounds in the presence of background noise.
There is evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant
frequencies of their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a
lot of ambient noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal species are
known to increase the source levels or alter the frequency of their
calls in the presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au,
1993; Lesage et al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004;
Parks et al., 2007, 2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009).
These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at
higher frequencies. Directional hearing has been demonstrated at
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995). This ability may be useful in
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales,
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the
effects of such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are often shown as: changing
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g.,
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
The biological significance of many of these behavioral
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral
modification have the potential to be biologically significant if the
change affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Examples of
significant behavioral modifications include:
Drastic change in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those
thought to be causing beaked whale stranding due to
[[Page 21528]]
exposure to military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic
environment; and
Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, current activity, reproductive state) and is
also difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007;
Ellison et al., 2011).
Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally tend to avoid operating
airguns, but avoidance radii are quite variable. Whales are often
reported to show no overt reactions to pulses from large arrays of
airguns at distances beyond a few kilometers, even though the airgun
pulses remain well above ambient noise levels out to much greater
distances (Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen whales exposed to
strong noise pulses often react by deviating from their normal
migration route (Richardson et al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
whales were observed avoiding the sound source by displacing their
migration route to varying degrees but within the natural boundaries of
the migration corridors (Schick and Urban, 2000; Richardson et al.,
1999; Malme et al., 1983). Baleen whale responses to pulsed sound
however may depend on the type of activity in which the whales are
engaged. Some evidence suggests that feeding bowhead whales may be more
tolerant of underwater sound than migrating bowheads (Miller et al.,
2005; Lyons et al., 2009; Christie et al., 2010).
Results of studies of gray, bowhead, and humpback whales have
determined that received levels of pulses in the 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
rms range seem to cause obvious avoidance behavior in a substantial
fraction of the animals exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses from
large arrays of airguns diminish to those levels at distances ranging
from 2.8-9 mi (4.5-14.5 km) from the source. For the much smaller
airgun array used during BP's proposed survey (total discharge volume
of 30 in\3\), the distance to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
rms range is estimated to be 1 mi (1.6 km). Baleen whales within those
distances may show avoidance or other strong disturbance reactions to
the airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes sometimes become evident at
somewhat lower received levels, and recent studies have shown that some
species of baleen whales, notably bowhead and humpback whales, at times
show strong avoidance at received levels lower than 160-170 dB re 1
[mu]Pa rms. Bowhead whales migrating west across the Alaskan Beaufort
Sea in autumn, in particular, are unusually responsive, with avoidance
occurring out to distances of 12.4-18.6 mi (20-30 km) from a medium-
sized airgun source (Miller et al., 1999; Richardson et al., 1999).
However, more recent research on bowhead whales (Miller et al., 2005)
corroborates earlier evidence that, during the summer feeding season,
bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic sources. In summer, bowheads
typically begin to show avoidance reactions at a received level of
about 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms (Richardson et al., 1986; Ljungblad et
al., 1988; Miller et al., 2005).
Malme et al. (1986, 1988) studied the responses of feeding eastern
gray whales to pulses from a single 100 in\3\ airgun off St. Lawrence
Island in the northern Bering Sea. They estimated, based on small
sample sizes, that 50% of feeding gray whales ceased feeding at an
average received pressure level of 173 dB re 1 [mu]Pa on an
(approximate) rms basis, and that 10% of feeding whales interrupted
feeding at received levels of 163 dB. Those findings were generally
consistent with the results of experiments conducted on larger numbers
of gray whales that were migrating along the California coast and on
observations of the distribution of feeding Western Pacific gray whales
off Sakhalin Island, Russia, during a seismic survey (Yazvenko et al.,
2007).
Data on short-term reactions (or lack of reactions) of cetaceans to
impulsive noises do not necessarily provide information about long-term
effects. While it is not certain whether impulsive noises affect
reproductive rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or
years, certain species have continued to use areas ensonified by
airguns and have continued to increase in number despite successive
years of anthropogenic activity in the area. Gray whales continued to
migrate annually along the west coast of North America despite
intermittent seismic exploration and much ship traffic in that area for
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al., 1984). Bowhead whales continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer despite seismic
exploration in their summer and autumn range for many years (Richardson
et al., 1987). Populations of both gray whales and bowhead whales grew
substantially during this time. In any event, the proposed survey will
occur in summer (July through late August) when most bowhead whales are
commonly feeding in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported fewer behavioral responses to
aircraft overflights by bowhead compared to beluga whales. Behaviors
classified as reactions consisted of short surfacings, immediate dives
or turns, changes in behavior state, vigorous swimming, and breaching.
Most bowhead reaction resulted from exposure to helicopter activity and
little response to fixed-wing aircraft was observed. Most reactions
occurred when the helicopter was at altitudes <=492 ft (150 m) and
lateral distances <=820 ft (250 m; Nowacek et al., 2007).
During their study, Patenaude et al. (2002) observed one bowhead
whale cow-calf pair during four passes totaling 2.8 hours of the
helicopter and two pairs during Twin Otter overflights. All of the
helicopter passes were at altitudes of 49-98 ft (15-30 m). The mother
dove both times she was at the surface, and the calf dove once out of
the four times it was at the surface. For the cow-calf pair sightings
during Twin Otter overflights, the authors did not note any behaviors
specific to those pairs. Rather, the reactions of the cow-calf pairs
were lumped with the reactions of other groups that did not consist of
calves.
Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few
studies that observed responses of gray whales to aircraft. Cow-calf
pairs were quite sensitive to a turboprop survey flown at 1,000 ft (305
m) altitude on the Alaskan summering grounds. In that survey, adults
were seen swimming over the calf, or the calf swam under the adult
(Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same aircraft circled for more than 10
minutes at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group of mating gray
whales, no reactions were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987, cited in
Moore and Clarke, 2002). Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson et
al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002) conducted playback experiments on
migrating gray whales. They exposed the animals to underwater noise
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter (estimated altitude = 328 ft [100
m]), at an average of three simulated passes per minute. The authors
observed that whales changed their swimming course and sometimes slowed
down in response to the playback sound but proceeded to migrate past
the transducer. Migrating gray whales did not react overtly to a Bell
212 helicopter at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude, occasionally
reacted when the helicopter was at 1,000-1,198 ft (305-365 m), and
usually reacted when it was below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest Research
Associates, 1988, cited in
[[Page 21529]]
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in
that study included abrupt turns or dives or both. Green et al. (1992,
cited in Richardson et al., 1995) observed that migrating gray whales
rarely exhibited noticeable reactions to a straight-line overflight by
a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60 m) altitude.
Odontocetes: Few systematic data are available describing reactions
of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work on sperm
whales is underway (Tyack et al., 2003), and there is an increasing
amount of information about responses of various odontocetes to seismic
surveys based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al.,
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005). Miller et al. (2009) conducted at-sea
experiments where reactions of sperm whales were monitored through the
use of controlled sound exposure experiments from large airgun arrays
consisting of 20-guns and 31-guns. Of 8 sperm whales observed, none
changed their behavior when exposed to either a ramp-up at 4-8 mi (7-13
km) or full array exposures at 0.6-8 mi (1-13 km).
Seismic operators and marine mammal observers sometimes see
dolphins and other small toothed whales near operating airgun arrays,
but, in general, there seems to be a tendency for most delphinids to
show some limited avoidance of seismic vessels operating large airgun
systems. However, some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic
vessel and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel
even when large arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless, there have
been indications that small toothed whales sometimes move away or
maintain a somewhat greater distance from the vessel when a large array
of airguns is operating than when it is silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;
Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone, 2003). The beluga may be a species
that (at least in certain geographic areas) shows long-distance
avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys during seismic operations
in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded much lower sighting rates of
beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) of an active seismic
vessel. These results were consistent with the low number of beluga
sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic vessel, suggesting
that some belugas might have been avoiding the seismic operations at
distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et al., 2005).
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of more relevance in this project)
beluga whales exhibit changes in behavior when exposed to strong pulsed
sounds similar in duration to those typically used in seismic surveys
(Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). However, the animals tolerated high
received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone,
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were found to be
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of
shooting compared with periods of no shooting. The displacement of the
median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting
in deeper water.
Reactions of toothed whales to large arrays of airguns are variable
and, at least for delphinids, seem to be confined to a smaller radius
than has been observed for mysticetes. However, based on the limited
existing evidence, belugas should not be grouped with delphinids in the
``less responsive'' category.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that beluga whales appeared to be
more responsive to aircraft overflights than bowhead whales. Changes
were observed in diving and respiration behavior, and some whales
veered away when a helicopter passed at <=820 ft (250 m) lateral
distance at altitudes up to 492 ft (150 m). However, some belugas
showed no reaction to the helicopter. Belugas appeared to show less
response to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter overflights.
Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance
reaction to the airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from
seismic vessels has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by
pinnipeds and only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable
information regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to
seismic pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These
seismic projects usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total
volumes of 560 to 1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some
seals avoid the immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey
years, ringed seal sightings tended to be farther away from the seismic
vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not (Moulton
and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were relatively
small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and
many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the trackline as
the operating airgun array passed by. Seal sighting rates at the water
surface were lower during airgun array operations than during no-airgun
periods in each survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals are often
very tolerant of pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices (Mate and
Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994; Richardson et al., 1995).
However, initial telemetry work suggests that avoidance and other
behavioral reactions by two other species of seals to small airgun
sources may at times be stronger than evident to date from visual
studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 1998). Even
if reactions of the species occurring in the present study area are as
strong as those evident in the telemetry study, reactions are expected
to be confined to relatively small distances and durations, with no
long-term effects on pinniped individuals or populations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12 ringed seals during low-
altitude overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at Northstar in June and
July 2000 (9 observations took place concurrent with pipe-driving
activities). One seal showed no reaction to the aircraft while the
remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either by looking at the helicopter (n =
10) or by departing from their basking site (n = 1). Blackwell et al.
(2004) concluded that none of the reactions to helicopters were strong
or long lasting, and that seals near Northstar in June and July 2000
probably had habituated to industrial sounds and visible activities
that had occurred often during the preceding winter and spring. There
have been few systematic studies of pinniped reactions to aircraft
overflights, and most of the available data concern pinnipeds hauled
out on land or ice rather than pinnipeds in the water (Richardson et
al., 1995; Born et al., 1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must
be louder for an animal to detect them) following exposure to an
intense sound or sound for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-
induced threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last
from minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a
temporary loss of hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and
10 kHz), and can
[[Page 21530]]
be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's hearing sensitivity
might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is
permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can also occur in a
specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above for TTS.
The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TS: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear,
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Kryter et al.,
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound
exposure may induce the same impairment as one longer but softer sound,
which in turn may cause more impairment than a series of several
intermittent softer sounds with the same total energy (Ward, 1997).
Additionally, though TTS is temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to sound levels
well above the TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least in terrestrial
mammals (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of the proposed shallow
geohazard survey, animals are not expected to be exposed to sound
levels for durations long enough to result in PTS.
PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007).
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
Although the published body of scientific literature contains
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in nonhuman animals. For
marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive bottlenose
dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise
(Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007, 2010a, 2010b;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009a,
2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt et
al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water, data
are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an elephant seal,
and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; Kastelein et al.,
2012b).
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to serious
(similar to those discussed in auditory masking, below). For example, a
marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, relatively
small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that occurs
during a time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and longer
duration of TTS sustained during time when communication is critical
for successful mother/calf interactions could have more serious
impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency range, the effects
of PTS on an animal could range in severity, although it is considered
generally more serious because it is a permanent condition. Of note,
reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has been
observed in marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa (Southall
et al., 2007), so we can infer that strategies exist for coping with
this condition to some degree, though likely not without cost.
Marine mammals are unlikely to be exposed to received levels of
seismic pulses strong enough to cause more than slight TTS, and, given
the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS, it is even less
likely that PTS could occur as a result of the proposed shallow
geohazard survey.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might occur in marine mammals exposed
to strong underwater sound. Possible types of non-auditory
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source include stress, neurological
effects, bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage.
Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially
susceptible to injury and/or stranding when exposed to strong pulsed
sounds.
Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle,
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses;
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune
responses.
In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system,
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with
``stress.'' These responses have a relatively short duration and may or
may not have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal
system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-
pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress
responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress--including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by
pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of
pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg,
1987; Rivier, 1995), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced
immune competence (Blecha,
[[Page 21531]]
2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and aldosterone in
marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been equated with stress
for many years.
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen
stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose a
risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress
response, energy resources must be diverted from other biotic
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion.
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an
animal's reproductive success and fitness will suffer. In these cases,
the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological state
which is called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ``allostatic
loading'' (sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient
to restore normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-
term (days or weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al.,
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004;
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect
some marine mammals to experience physiological stress responses and,
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance
when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance.
Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress responses of
osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of endangered
Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b)
identified noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in
hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner
ears of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather
information about its environment and communicate with other members of
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism.
Therefore, we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral
responses to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses. Additionally, no
beaked whale species occur in the proposed project area.
In general, very little is known about the potential for strong,
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large
arrays of airguns, which are not proposed for use during this program.
In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral avoidance of industry
activities, including bowheads, belugas, and some pinnipeds, are
especially unlikely to incur non-auditory impairment or other physical
effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater detonations of high explosive
can be killed or severely injured, and the auditory organs are
especially susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993; Ketten, 1995).
Airgun pulses are less energetic and their peak amplitudes have slower
rise times. To date, there is no evidence that serious injury, death,
or stranding by marine mammals can occur from exposure to airgun
pulses, even in the case of large airgun arrays. Additionally, BP's
project will use a very small airgun array in shallow water. NMFS does
not expect any marine mammals will incur serious injury or mortality in
the shallow waters of Foggy Island Bay or strand as a result of the
proposed shallow geohazard survey.
7. Potential Effects From Sonar Systems on Marine Mammals
The multibeam echosounder proposed for use during BP's survey does
not produce frequencies within the hearing range of marine mammals.
Exposure to sounds generated by this instrument, therefore, does not
present a risk of potential physiological damage, hearing impairment,
and/or behavioral responses.
The sidescan sonar does not produce frequencies within the hearing
range of
[[Page 21532]]
mysticetes and ice seals, but when operating at 110-135 kHz could be
audible by mid- and high-frequency cetaceans, depending on the strength
of the signal. However, when it operates at the much higher frequencies
greater than 400 kHz, it is outside of the hearing range of all marine
mammals. The signal from side scan sonars is narrow, typically in the
form of a conical beam projected directly below the vessel. Based on
previous measurements of a sidescan sonar working at similar
frequencies in deeper water, distances to sound levels of 190 and 180
dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) were 22 and 47 m, respectively (Warner and
McCrodan, 2011). It is unlikely that an animal would be exposed for an
extended time to a signal strong enough for TTS or PTS to occur, unless
the animal is present within the beam under the vessel and swimming
with the same speed and direction. The distance at which beluga whales
could react behaviorally to the sidescan sonar signal is about 200 m
(Warner and McCrodan, 2011). However, the response, if it occurs at
all, is expected to be short term. Masking is unlikely to occur due to
the nature of the signal and because beluga whales and ice seals
generally vocalize at frequencies lower than 100 kHz.
Subbottom profilers will be audible to all three hearing classes of
marine mammals that occur in the project area. Based on previous
measurements of various subbottom profilers, the rms sound pressure
level does not reach 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (Funk et al., 2008; Ireland et
al., 2009; Warner and McCrodan, 2011). Distances to sound levels that
could result in mild behavioral responses, such as avoidance, ranged
from 1 to 30 m. Masking is unlikely due to the low duty cycle,
directionality, and brief period when an individual mammal is likely to
be within the beam. Additionally, the higher frequencies of the
instrument are unlikely to overlap with the lower frequency calls by
mysticetes.
Some stranding events of mid-frequency cetaceans were attributed to
the presence of sonar surveys in the area (e.g., Southall et al.,
2006). Recently, an independent scientific review panel concluded that
the mass stranding of approximately 100 melon-headed whales in
northwest Madagascar in 2008 was primarily triggered by a multibeam
echosounder system (Southall et al., 2013), acknowledging that it was
difficult to find evidence showing a direct cause-effect relationships.
The multibeam echosounder proposed in this survey will operate at much
higher frequencies, outside the hearing range of any marine mammal. The
sidescan sonar and subbottom profiler are much less powerful.
Considering the acoustic specifics of these instruments, the shallow
water environment, the unlikely presence of toothed whales in the area,
and planned mitigation measures, no marine mammal stranding or
mortality are expected.
Vessel Impacts
Vessel activity and noise associated with vessel activity will
temporarily increase in the action area during BP's survey as a result
of the operation of one vessel. To minimize the effects of the vessel
and noise associated with vessel activity, BP will alter speed if a
marine mammal gets too close to a vessel. In addition, the vessel will
be operating at slow speed (3-4 knots) when conducting surveys. Marine
mammal monitoring observers will alert the vessel captain as animals
are detected to ensure safe and effective measures are applied to avoid
coming into direct contact with marine mammals. Therefore, NMFS neither
anticipates nor authorizes takes of marine mammals from ship strikes.
McCauley et al. (1996) reported several cases of humpback whales
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay, Australia. Results indicated clear
avoidance at received levels between 118 to 124 dB in three cases for
which response and received levels were observed/measured.
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed line transect census data in
which the orientation and distance off transect line were reported for
large numbers of minke whales. The authors developed a method to
account for effects of animal movement in response to sighting
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion speed, direction, and/or diving
profile were reported at ranges from 1,847 to 2,352 ft (563 to 717 m)
at received levels of 110 to 120 dB.
Odontocetes, such as beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor
porpoises, often show tolerance to vessel activity; however, they may
react at long distances if they are confined by ice, shallow water, or
were previously harassed by vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Beluga
whale response to vessel noise varies greatly from tolerance to extreme
sensitivity depending on the activity of the whale and previous
experience with vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Reactions to vessels
depends on whale activities and experience, habitat, boat type, and
boat behavior (Richardson et al., 1995) and may include behavioral
responses, such as altered headings or avoidance (Blane and Jaakson,
1994; Erbe and Farmer, 2000); fast swimming; changes in vocalizations
(Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in dive,
surfacing, and respiration patterns.
There are few data published on pinniped responses to vessel
activity, and most of the information is anecdotal (Richardson et al.,
1995). Generally, sea lions in water show tolerance to close and
frequently approaching vessels and sometimes show interest in fishing
vessels. They are less tolerant when hauled out on land; however, they
rarely react unless the vessel approaches within 100-200 m (330-660 ft;
reviewed in Richardson et al., 1995).
The addition of one vessel and noise due to vessel operations
associated with the survey is not expected to have effects that could
cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat and other
marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by
airguns and other active acoustic sources. This section describes the
potential impacts to marine mammal habitat from the specified activity.
Because the marine mammals in the area feed on fish and/or
invertebrates there is also information on the species typically preyed
upon by the marine mammals in the area.
Common Marine Mammal Prey in the Project Area
All of the marine mammal species that may occur in the proposed
project area prey on either marine fish or invertebrates. The ringed
seal feeds on fish and a variety of benthic species, including crabs
and shrimp. Bearded seals feed mainly on benthic organisms, primarily
crabs, shrimp, and clams. Spotted seals feed on pelagic and demersal
fish, as well as shrimp and cephalopods. They are known to feed on a
variety of fish including herring, capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod,
saffron cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed primarily on pelagic fish
and invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs, squid, octopus, cod, sculpin,
pollack, and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on krill and shrimp.
Bowhead whales feed in the eastern Beaufort Sea during summer and
early autumn but continue feeding to varying degrees while on their
migration through the central and western Beaufort Sea in the late
summer and fall (Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002). When feeding in
relatively shallow areas, bowheads feed throughout the
[[Page 21533]]
water column. However, feeding is concentrated at depths where
zooplankton is concentrated (Wursig et al., 1984, 1989; Richardson
[ed.], 1987; Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and Sheffield (2002) found
that copepods and euphausiids were the most common prey found in
stomach samples from bowhead whales harvested in the Kaktovik area from
1979 to 2000. Areas to the east of Barter Island (which is
approximately 90 mi east of BP's proposed survey area) appear to be
used regularly for feeding as bowhead whales migrate slowly westward
across the Beaufort Sea (Thomson and Richardson, 1987; Richardson and
Thomson [eds.], 2002).
Recent articles and reports have noted bowhead whales feeding in
several areas of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow area is commonly
used as a feeding area during spring and fall, with a higher proportion
of photographed individuals displaying evidence of feeding in fall
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A bowhead whale feeding ``hotspot''
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms on the western Beaufort Sea shelf
off Point Barrow in late summer and fall. Favorable conditions
concentrate euphausiids and copepods, and bowhead whales congregate to
exploit the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010, Moore et al., 2010;
Okkonen et al., 2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead whales feeding
in the Camden Bay area during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
The 2006-2008 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011a) and the
2009 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011b) note sightings of
feeding bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea during the fall season.
During that 4 year period, the largest groups of feeding whales were
sighted between Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds of miles to the
west of Prudhoe Bay), and none were sighted feeding in Camden Bay
(Clarke et al., 2011a,b). Clarke and Ferguson (undated) examined the
raw BWASP data from the years 2000-2009. They noted that feeding
behavior was noted more often in September than October and that while
bowheads were observed feeding throughout the study area (which
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea), sightings were less frequent in
the central Alaskan Beaufort than they were east of Kaktovik and west
of Smith Bay. Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson (undated) and Clarke et
al. (2011b) refer to information from Ashjian et al. (2010), which
describes the importance of wind-driven currents that produce favorable
feeding conditions for bowhead whales in the area between Smith Bay and
Point Barrow. Increased winds in that area may be increasing the
incidence of upwelling, which in turn may be the reason for increased
sightings of feeding bowheads in the area. Clarke and Ferguson
(undated) also note that the incidence of feeding bowheads in the
eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea has decreased since the early 1980s.
Beluga whales feed on a variety of fish, shrimp, squid and octopus
(Burns and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga whales occur nearshore; their
main migration route is much further offshore. Like several of the
other species in the area, harbor porpoise feed on demersal and benthic
species, mainly schooling fish and cephalopods. Depending on the type
of killer whale (transient or resident), they feed on fish and/or
marine mammals. However, harbor porpoises and killer whales are not
commonly found in Foggy Island Bay.
Gray whales are primarily bottom feeders, and benthic amphipods and
isopods form the majority of their summer diet, at least in the main
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver et al., 1983; Oliver and
Slattery, 1985). Farther south, gray whales have also been observed
feeding around kelp beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans, and on
pelagic prey such as small schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler and
Darling, 1974). However, the central Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
Two kinds of fish inhabit marine waters in the study area: (1) True
marine fish that spend all of their lives in salt water, and (2)
anadromous species that reproduce in fresh water and spend parts of
their life cycles in salt water.
Most arctic marine fish species are small, benthic forms that do
not feed high in the water column. The majority of these species are
circumpolar and are found in habitats ranging from deep offshore water
to water as shallow as 16.4-33 ft (5-10 m; Fechhelm et al., 1995). The
most important pelagic species, and the only abundant pelagic species,
is the Arctic cod. The Arctic cod is a major vector for the transfer of
energy from lower to higher trophic levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986).
In summer, Arctic cod can form very large schools in both nearshore and
offshore waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Locations and areas frequented by large schools of Arctic cod cannot be
predicted but can be almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a major food
source for beluga whales, ringed seals, and numerous species of
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Anadromous Dolly Varden char and some species of whitefish winter
in rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in spring and summer, and
return to fresh water in autumn. Anadromous fish form the basis of
subsistence, commercial, and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
Varden char migrate to the sea from May through mid-June (Johnson,
1980) and spend about 1.5-2.5 months there (Craig, 1989). They return
to rivers beginning in late July or early August with the peak return
migration occurring between mid-August and early September (Johnson,
1980). At sea, most anadromous corregonids (whitefish) remain in
nearshore waters within several kilometers of shore (Craig, 1984,
1989). They are often termed ``amphidromous'' fish in that they make
repeated annual migrations into marine waters to feed, returning each
fall to overwinter in fresh water.
Benthic organisms are defined as bottom dwelling creatures.
Infaunal organisms are benthic organisms that live within the substrate
and are often sedentary or sessile (bivalves, polychaetes). Epibenthic
organisms live on or near the bottom surface sediments and are mobile
(amphipods, isopods, mysids, and some polychaetes). Epifauna, which
live attached to hard substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea because
hard substrates are scarce there. A small community of epifauna, the
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson Sound.
Many of the nearshore benthic marine invertebrates of the Arctic
are circumpolar and are found over a wide range of water depths (Carey
et al., 1975). Species identified include polychaetes (Spio filicornis,
Chaetozone setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves (Cryrtodaria kurriana,
Nucula tenuis, Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria entomon), and
amphipods (Pontoporeia femorata, P. affinis).
Nearshore benthic fauna have been studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons
and near the mouth of the Colville River (Kinney et al., 1971, 1972;
Crane and Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson Lagoon, Harrison Bay,
and the nearshore region support a number of infaunal species including
crustaceans, mollusks, and polychaetes. In areas influenced by river
discharge, seasonal changes in salinity can greatly influence the
distribution and abundance of benthic organisms. Large fluctuations in
salinity and temperature that occur over a very short time period, or
on a seasonal basis, allow only very adaptable, opportunistic species
to survive (Alexander et al., 1974). Since shorefast ice is present for
many months, the distribution and abundance of most species depends on
[[Page 21534]]
annual (or more frequent) recolonization from deeper offshore waters
(Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice scouring, particularly
in water depths of less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal communities tend to
be patchily distributed. Diversity increases with water depth until the
shear zone is reached at 49-82 ft (15-25 m; Carey, 1978). Biodiversity
then declines due to ice gouging between the landfast ice and the polar
pack ice (Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995).
Potential Impacts From Sound Generation
With regard to fish as a prey source for odontocetes and seals,
fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to
communicate (Tavolga et al., 1981) and possibly avoid predators (Wilson
and Dill, 2002). Experiments have shown that fish can sense both the
strength and direction of sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a sound signal, and potentially
react to it, are the frequency of the signal and the strength of the
signal in relation to the natural background noise level.
Fishes produce sounds that are associated with behaviors that
include territoriality, mate search, courtship, and aggression. It has
also been speculated that sound production may provide the means for
long distance communication and communication under poor underwater
visibility conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although the fact that
fish communicate at low-frequency sound levels where the masking
effects of ambient noise are naturally highest suggests that very long
distance communication would rarely be possible. Fishes have evolved a
diversity of sound generating organs and acoustic signals of various
temporal and spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in structure,
depending on the mechanism used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).
Generally, fish sounds are predominantly composed of low frequencies
(less than 3 kHz).
Since objects in the water scatter sound, fish are able to detect
these objects through monitoring the ambient noise. Therefore, fish are
probably able to detect prey, predators, conspecifics, and physical
features by listening to environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981). There
are two sensory systems that enable fish to monitor the vibration-based
information of their surroundings. The two sensory systems, the inner
ear and the lateral line, constitute the acoustico-lateralis system.
Although the hearing sensitivities of very few fish species have
been studied to date, it is becoming obvious that the intra- and inter-
specific variability is considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell et al.
(2004) compiled and published available fish audiogram information. A
noninvasive electrophysiological recording method known as auditory
brainstem response is now commonly used in the production of fish
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most fish have their best hearing in
the low-frequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz). Even though some fish
are able to detect sounds in the ultrasonic frequency range, the
thresholds at these higher frequencies tend to be considerably higher
than those at the lower end of the auditory frequency range.
Literature relating to the impacts of sound on marine fish species
can be divided into the following categories: (1) Pathological effects;
(2) physiological effects; and (3) behavioral effects. Pathological
effects include lethal and sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
physiological effects include primary and secondary stress responses;
and behavioral effects include changes in exhibited behaviors of fish.
Behavioral changes might be a direct reaction to a detected sound or a
result of the anthropogenic sound masking natural sounds that the fish
normally detect and to which they respond. The three types of effects
are often interrelated in complex ways. For example, some physiological
and behavioral effects could potentially lead to the ultimate
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings and Popper (2005) reviewed
what is known about the effects of sound on fishes and identified
studies needed to address areas of uncertainty relative to measurement
of sound and the responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/2004) also
published a paper that reviews the effects of anthropogenic sound on
the behavior and physiology of fishes.
Potential effects of exposure to sound on marine fish include TTS,
physical damage to the ear region, physiological stress responses, and
behavioral responses such as startle response, alarm response,
avoidance, and perhaps lack of response due to masking of acoustic
cues. Most of these effects appear to be either temporary or
intermittent and therefore probably do not significantly impact the
fish at a population level. The studies that resulted in physical
damage to the fish ears used noise exposure levels and durations that
were far more extreme than would be encountered under conditions
similar to those expected during BP's proposed survey.
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior
is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to
react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the
detection level of 120 dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response threshold
can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition
(Engas et al., 1993).
Investigations of fish behavior in relation to vessel noise (Olsen
et al., 1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990) have shown that fish react
when the sound from the engines and propeller exceeds a certain level.
Avoidance reactions have been observed in fish such as cod and herring
when vessels approached close enough that received sound levels are 110
dB to 130 dB (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and
Toresen, 1988). However, other researchers have found that fish such as
polar cod, herring, and capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim toward the vessel (Rostad et al.,
2006). Typical sound source levels of vessel noise in the audible range
for fish are 150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al., 1995a). In calm
weather, ambient noise levels in audible parts of the spectrum lie
between 60 dB to 100 dB.
Short, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish
behavior. Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the reactions of whiting
(hake) in the field to an airgun. When the airgun was fired, the fish
dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55 m) depth and formed a compact layer.
The whiting dove when received sound levels were higher than 178 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (Pearson et al., 1992).
Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a controlled experiment to
determine effects of strong noise pulses on several species of rockfish
off the California coast. They used an airgun with a source level of
223 dB re 1 [mu]Pa. They noted:
Startle responses at received levels of 200-205 dB re 1
[mu]Pa and above for two sensitive species, but not for two other
species exposed to levels up to 207 dB;
Alarm responses at 177-180 dB for the two sensitive
species, and at 186 to 199 dB for other species;
An overall threshold for the above behavioral response at
about 180 dB;
An extrapolated threshold of about 161 dB for subtle
changes in the behavior of rockfish; and
A return to pre-exposure behaviors within the 20-60 minute
exposure period.
In summary, fish often react to sounds, especially strong and/or
intermittent sounds of low frequency. Sound pulses at received levels
of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa may cause subtle changes in behavior. Pulses at
levels of 180 dB
[[Page 21535]]
may cause noticeable changes in behavior (Chapman and Hawkins, 1969;
Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). It also appears that fish
often habituate to repeated strong sounds rather rapidly, on time
scales of minutes to an hour. However, the habituation does not endure,
and resumption of the strong sound source may again elicit disturbance
responses from the same fish.
Some of the fish species found in the Arctic are prey sources for
odontocetes and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to sounds produced by
BP's proposed survey would only be relevant to marine mammals if it
caused concentrations of fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes of
sufficient magnitude to cause that type of reaction would probably
occur only very close to the sound source, if any would occur at all.
Impacts on fish behavior are predicted to be inconsequential. Thus,
feeding odontocetes and pinnipeds would not be adversely affected by
this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey abundance.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead whales, feed on concentrations
of zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but feeding bowheads are more likely
to occur in the area after the cessation of BP's survey operations.
Reactions of zooplankton to sound are, for the most part, not known.
Their ability to move significant distances is limited or nil,
depending on the type of zooplankton. Behavior of zooplankters is not
expected to be affected by the survey. These animals have exoskeletons
and no air bladders. Many crustaceans can make sounds, and some
crustacea and other invertebrates have some type of sound receptor. A
reaction by zooplankton to sounds produced by the seismic survey would
only be relevant to whales if it caused concentrations of zooplankton
to scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient magnitude to cause that type
of reaction would probably occur only very close to the sound source,
if any would occur at all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior are
predicted to be inconsequential. Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be
adversely affected by this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of
reduced zooplankton abundance.
Based on the preceding discussion, the proposed activity is not
expected to have any habitat-related effects that could cause
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or
their populations.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
Later in this document in the ``Proposed Incidental Harassment
Authorization'' section, NMFS lays out the proposed conditions for
review, as they would appear in the final IHA (if issued).
Mitigation Measures Proposed by BP
For the proposed mitigation measures, BP proposed general
mitigation measures that apply throughout the survey and specific
mitigation measures that apply to airgun operations. The proposed
protocols are discussed next and can also be found in Section 11 of
BP's application (see ADDRESSES).
1. General Mitigation Measures
These general mitigation measures are proposed to apply at all
times to the vessel involved in the Liberty geohazard survey. This
vessel would also operate under an additional set of specific
mitigation measures during airgun operations (described a bit later in
this document).
The general mitigation measures include: (1) Adjusting speed to
avoid collisions with whales and during periods of low visibility; (2)
checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel to ensure that
no marine mammals will be injured when the vessel's propellers (or
screws) are engaged; (3) avoiding concentrations of groups of whales
and not operating vessels in a way that separates members of a group;
(4) reducing vessel speeds to less than 10 knots in the presence of
feeding whales; (5) reducing speed and steering around groups of whales
if circumstances allow (but never cutting off a whale's travel path)
and avoiding multiple changes in direction and speed when within 900 ft
of whales; (6) maintaining an altitude of at least 1,000 ft when flying
helicopters, except in emergency situations or during take-offs and
landings; and (7) not hovering or circling with helicopters above or
within 0.3 mi of groups of whales.
2. Seismic Airgun Mitigation Measures
BP proposes to establish and monitor Level A harassment exclusion
zones for all marine mammal species. These zones will be monitored by
Protected Species Observers (PSOs; more detail later). Should marine
mammals enter these exclusion zones, the PSOs will call for and
implement the Suite of mitigation measures described next.
Ramp-up Procedure: Ramp-up procedures of an airgun array involve a
step-wise increase in the number of operating airguns until the
required discharge volume is achieved. The purpose of a ramp-up
(sometimes referred to as ``soft-start'') is to provide marine mammals
in the vicinity of the activity the opportunity to leave the area and
to avoid the potential for injury or impairment of their hearing
abilities.
During ramp-up, BP proposes to implement the common procedure of
doubling the number of operating airguns at 5-minute intervals,
starting with the smallest gun in the array. Ramp-up of the 30 in\3\
array from a shutdown will therefore take 10 min for the three-airgun
array option and 5 min for the two-airgun array option. First the
smallest gun in the array will be activated (10 in\3\) and after 5 min,
the second airgun (10 in\3\ or 20 in\3\). For the three-airgun array,
an additional 5 min are then required to activate the third 10 in\3\
airgun. During ramp-up, the exclusion zone for the full airgun array
will be observed. The ramp-up procedures will be applied as follows:
1. A ramp-up, following a cold start, can be applied if the
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
2. Ramp-up procedures from a cold start will be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone during the 30-minute period
prior to the ramp-up. The delay will last until the marine mammal(s)
has been observed to leave the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is
not sighted for at least 15 minutes (seals) or 30 minutes (cetaceans).
3. A ramp-up, following a shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown occurred has been observed to leave
the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) has not been sighted for at
least 15 minutes (seals) or 30 minutes (cetaceans). This assumes there
was a continuous observation effort prior to the shutdown and the
entire exclusion zone is visible.
4. If, for any reason, power to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up procedures
need to be implemented. Only if the PSO watch has been suspended, a 30-
minute clearance of the
[[Page 21536]]
exclusion zone is required prior to commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation
of airgun activity for less than 10 minutes does not require a ramp-up.
5. The seismic operator and PSOs will maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
Power Down Procedure: A power down is the immediate reduction in
the number of operating airguns such that the radii of the 190 dB and
180 dB (rms) zones are decreased to the extent that an observed marine
mammal is not in the applicable exclusion zone of the full array. For
this geohazard survey, the operation of one airgun continues during a
power down. The continued operation of one airgun is intended to (a)
alert marine mammals to the presence of airgun activity, and (b) retain
the option of initiating a ramp up to full operations under poor
visibility conditions.
1. The array will be immediately powered down whenever a marine
mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the applicable
exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the applicable
exclusion zone of the single airgun;
2. Likewise, if a mammal is already within the exclusion zone of
the full array when first detected, the airgun array will be powered
down to one operating gun immediately;
3. If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the
applicable exclusion zone of the single airgun, it too will be shut
down; and
4. Following a power down, ramp-up to the full airgun array will
not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the applicable exclusion
zone. The animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone
if it has been visually observed leaving the exclusion zone of the full
array, or has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes (seals) or
30 minutes (cetaceans).
Shut-down Procedures: The operating airgun(s) will be shut down
completely if a marine mammal approaches or enters the 190 or 180 dB
(rms) exclusion radius of the smallest airgun. Airgun activity will not
resume until the marine mammal has cleared the applicable exclusion
radius of the full array. The animal will be considered to have cleared
the exclusion radius as described above under ramp-up procedures.
Poor Visibility Conditions: BP plans to conduct 24-hr operations.
PSOs will not be on duty during ongoing seismic operations during
darkness, given the very limited effectiveness of visual observation at
night (there will be no periods of darkness in the survey area until
mid-August). The proposed provisions associated with operations at
night or in periods of poor visibility include the following:
If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or
darkness (which may be encountered starting in late August), the full
180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot commence a
ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down; and
If one or more airguns have been operational before
nightfall or before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can
remain operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions.
In this case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the
exclusion zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine
mammals will be alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have
moved away.
BP is aware that available techniques to effectively detect marine
mammals during limited visibility conditions (darkness, fog, snow, and
rain) are in need of development and has in recent years supported
research and field trials intended to improve methods of detecting
marine mammals under these conditions.
Additional Mitigation Measures Proposed by NMFS
The mitigation airgun will be operated at approximately one shot
per minute and will not be operated for longer than three hours in
duration during daylight hours and good visibility. In cases when the
next start-up after the turn is expected to be during lowlight or low
visibility, use of the mitigation airgun may be initiated 30 minutes
before darkness or low visibility conditions occur and may be operated
until the start of the next seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at approximately one shot per minute.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated BP's proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that
NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our
evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one another:
The manner in which, and the degree to which, the
successful implementation of the measures are expected to minimize
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
The practicability of the measure for applicant
implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of
the general goals listed below:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received
levels of seismic airguns, or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed
to received levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to
result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number
or number at biologically important time or location) to received
levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to result in the
take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas,
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance
of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of
effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. Proposed measures to
[[Page 21537]]
ensure availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses are discussed later in this document (see ``Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence
Uses'' section).
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth ``requirements pertaining to
the monitoring and reporting of such taking''. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the
species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. BP
submitted information regarding marine mammal monitoring to be
conducted during seismic operations as part of the IHA application.
That information can be found in Sections 11 and 13 of the application.
The monitoring measures may be modified or supplemented based on
comments or new information received from the public during the public
comment period.
Monitoring measures proposed by the applicant or prescribed by NMFS
should accomplish one or more of the following top-level goals:
1. An increase in our understanding of the likely occurrence of
marine mammal species in the vicinity of the action, i.e., presence,
abundance, distribution, and/or density of species.
2. An increase in our understanding of the nature, scope, or
context of the likely exposure of marine mammal species to any of the
potential stressor(s) associated with the action (e.g. sound or visual
stimuli), through better understanding of one or more of the following:
the action itself and its environment (e.g. sound source
characterization, propagation, and ambient noise levels); the affected
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern); the likely co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action (in whole or part) associated
with specific adverse effects; and/or the likely biological or
behavioral context of exposure to the stressor for the marine mammal
(e.g. age class of exposed animals or known pupping, calving or feeding
areas).
3. An increase in our understanding of how individual marine
mammals respond (behaviorally or physiologically) to the specific
stressors associated with the action (in specific contexts, where
possible, e.g., at what distance or received level).
4. An increase in our understanding of how anticipated individual
responses, to individual stressors or anticipated combinations of
stressors, may impact either: the long-term fitness and survival of an
individual; or the population, species, or stock (e.g. through effects
on annual rates of recruitment or survival).
5. An increase in our understanding of how the activity affects
marine mammal habitat, such as through effects on prey sources or
acoustic habitat (e.g., through characterization of longer-term
contributions of multiple sound sources to rising ambient noise levels
and assessment of the potential chronic effects on marine mammals).
6. An increase in understanding of the impacts of the activity on
marine mammals in combination with the impacts of other anthropogenic
activities or natural factors occurring in the region.
7. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of
mitigation and monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals
(through improved technology or methodology), both specifically within
the safety zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general, to better achieve the above goals.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
1. Visual Monitoring
Two observers referred to as PSOs will be present on the vessel. Of
these two PSOs, one will be on watch at all times to monitor the 190
and 180 dB exclusion zones for the presence of marine mammals during
airgun operations. The main objectives of the vessel-based marine
mammal monitoring are as follows: (1) To implement mitigation measures
during seismic operations (e.g. course alteration, airgun power down,
shut-down and ramp-up); and (2) To record all marine mammal data needed
to estimate the number of marine mammals potentially affected, which
must be reported to NMFS within 90 days after the survey.
BP intends to work with experienced PSOs. At least one Alaska
Native resident, who is knowledgeable about Arctic marine mammals and
the subsistence hunt, is expected to be included as one of the team
members aboard the vessel. Before the start of the survey, the vessel
crew will be briefed on the function of the PSOs, their monitoring
protocol, and mitigation measures to be implemented.
At least one observer will monitor for marine mammals at any time
during daylight hours (there will be no periods of total darkness until
mid-August). PSOs will be on duty in shifts of a maximum of 4 hours at
a time, although the exact shift schedule will be established by the
lead PSO in consultation with the other PSOs.
The vessel will offer a suitable platform for marine mammal
observations. Observations will be made from locations where PSOs have
the best view around the vessel. During daytime, the PSO(s) will scan
the area around the vessel systematically with reticle binoculars and
with the naked eye. Because the main purpose of the PSO on board the
vessel is detecting marine mammals for the implementation of mitigation
measures according to specific guidelines, BP prefers to keep the
information to be recorded as concise as possible, allowing the PSO to
focus on detecting marine mammals. The following information will be
collected by the PSOs:
Environmental conditions--consisting of sea state (in
Beaufort Wind force scale according to NOAA), visibility (in km, with
10 km indicating the horizon on a clear day), and sun glare (position
and severity). These will be recorded at the start of each shift,
whenever there is an obvious change in one or more of the environmental
variables, and whenever the observer changes shifts;
Project activity--consisting of airgun operations (on or
off), number of active guns, line number. This will be recorded at the
start of each shift, whenever there is an obvious change in project
activity, and whenever the observer changes shifts; and
Sighting information--consisting of the species (if
determinable), group size, position and heading relative to the vessel,
behavior, movement, and distance relative to the vessel (initial and
closest approach). These will be recorded upon sighting a marine mammal
or group of animals.
When marine mammals in the water are detected within or about to
enter the designated exclusion zones, the airgun(s) power down or shut-
down procedures will be implemented immediately. To assure prompt
implementation of power downs and shut-downs, multiple channels of
communication between the PSOs and the airgun technicians will be
established. During the power down and shut-down, the PSO(s) will
continue to maintain watch to determine when the
[[Page 21538]]
animal(s) are outside the exclusion radius. Airgun operations can be
resumed with a ramp-up procedure (depending on the extent of the power
down) if the observers have visually confirmed that the animal(s) moved
outside the exclusion zone, or if the animal(s) were not observed
within the exclusion zone for 15 minutes (seals) or for 30 minutes
(cetaceans). Direct communication with the airgun operator will be
maintained throughout these procedures.
All marine mammal observations and any airgun power down, shut-
down, and ramp-up will be recorded in a standardized format. Data will
be entered into or transferred to a custom database. The accuracy of
the data entry will be verified daily through QA/QC procedures.
Recording procedures will allow initial summaries of data to be
prepared during and shortly after the field program, and will
facilitate transfer of the data to other programs for further
processing and archiving.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Monitoring
BP proposes to conduct research on fish species in relation to
airgun operations, including prey species important to ice seals,
during the proposed seismic survey. The Liberty shallow geohazard
survey, along with another seismic survey BP is conducting this summer
in Prudhoe Bay, offers a unique opportunity to assess the impacts of
airgun sounds on fish, specifically on changes in fish abundance in
fyke nets that have been sampled in the area for more than 30 years.
The monitoring study would occur over a 2-month period during the open-
water season. During this time, fish are counted and sized every day,
unless sampling is prevented by weather, the presence of bears, or
other events. Fish mortality is also noted.
The fish-sampling period coincides with the shallow geohazard
survey, resulting in a situation where each of the four fyke nets will
be exposed to varying daily exposures to airgun sounds. That is, as
source vessels move back and forth across the project area, fish caught
in nets will be exposed to different sounds levels at different nets
each day. To document relationships between fish catch in each fyke net
and received sound levels, BP will attempt to instrument each fyke net
location with a recording hydrophone. Recording hydrophones, to the
extent possible, will have a dynamic range that extends low enough to
record near ambient sounds and high enough to capture sound levels
during relatively close approaches by the airgun array (i.e., likely
levels as high as about 200 dB re 1 uPa). Bandwidth will extend from
about 10 Hz to at least 500 Hz. In addition, because some fish
(especially salmonids) are likely to be sensitive to particle velocity
instead of or in addition to sound pressure level, BP will attempt to
instrument each fyke net location with a recording particle velocity
meter. Acoustic and environmental data will be used in statistical
models to assess relationships between acoustic and fish variables.
Additional information on the details of the fish monitoring study can
be found in Section 13.1 of BP's application (see ADDRESSES).
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer
reviewed ``where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a
species or stock for taking for subsistence uses'' (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing
regulations state, ``Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at
its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer
review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed
monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan'' (50 CFR
216.108(d)).
Because of the extremely short duration of BP's proposed survey,
the fact that activities will be completed prior to any fall bowhead
whale subsistence hunts, and that seal hunts occur more than 50 mi from
the proposed survey activities, NMFS determined that the proposed
survey did not meet the trigger for requiring an independent peer
review of the monitoring plan.
Reporting Measures
1. 90-Day Technical Report
A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of
the proposed shallow geohazard survey. The report will summarize all
activities and monitoring results conducted during in-water seismic
surveys. The Technical Report will include the following:
Summary of project start and end dates, airgun activity,
number of guns, and the number and circumstances of implementing ramp-
up, power down, shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period,
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals);
Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers,
and fog/glare);
Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of
marine mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/
size/gender categories (if determinable), and group sizes;
Analyses of the effects of survey operations;
Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without seismic survey activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability), such as: (i) Initial sighting distances versus
survey activity state; (ii) closest point of approach versus survey
activity state; (iii) observed behaviors and types of movements versus
survey activity state; (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals seen
versus survey activity state; (v) distribution around the source
vessels versus survey activity state; and (vi) estimates of exposures
of marine mammals to Level B harassment thresholds based on presence in
the 160 dB harassment zone.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Report
BP proposes to present the results of the fish and airgun sound
study to NMFS in a detailed report that will also be submitted to a
peer reviewed journal for publication, presented at a scientific
conference, and presented in Barrow and Nuiqsut.
3. Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA
(if issued), such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury or
mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement),
BP would immediately cease the specified activities and immediately
report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report would include the following
information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Name and type of vessel involved;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Description of the incident;
Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
Water depth;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24
hours preceding the incident;
[[Page 21539]]
Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
Fate of the animal(s); and
Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if
equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or
telephone.
In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is
unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above. Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work
with BP to determine whether modifications in the activities are
appropriate.
In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated
with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), BP would report the incident to
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the
discovery. BP would provide photographs or video footage (if available)
or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the
Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment]. Only take by Level B behavioral
harassment of some species is anticipated as a result of the proposed
shallow geohazard survey. Anticipated impacts to marine mammals are
associated with noise propagation from the sound sources (e.g.,
airguns, sidescan sonar, and subbottom profiler) used in the survey. No
take is expected to result from vessel strikes because of the slow
speed of the vessel (3-4 knots while acquiring seismic data) and
because of mitigation measures to reduce collisions with marine
mammals. Additionally, no take is expected to result from helicopter
operations (if any occur) because of altitude restrictions. No take is
expected from the multibeam echosounder and when the sidescan sonar is
operated at frequencies above 400 kHz because the frequencies are
outside the hearing ranges of marine mammals. Moreover, when the
sidescan sonar is operated at frequencies of 110-135 kHz, it is outside
the hearing ranges of low-frequency cetaceans and ice seals. Therefore,
take has not been estimated from use of these sources for these
species.
BP requested take of 11 marine mammal species by Level B
harassment. However, for reasons mentioned earlier in this document, it
is highly unlikely that humpback and minke whales would occur in the
proposed survey area. Therefore, NMFS does not propose to authorize
take of these two species. The species for which take, by Level B
harassment only, is proposed include: bowhead, beluga, gray, and killer
whales; harbor porpoise; and ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon
seals.
The airguns produce impulsive sounds. The current acoustic
thresholds used by NMFS to estimate Level B and Level A harassment are
presented in Table 4.
Table 4--Current Acoustic Exposure Criteria Used by NMFS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Criterion Criterion definition Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment (Injury). Permanent Threshold 180 dB re 1 microPa-
Shift (PTS). m (cetaceans)/190
(Any level above dB re 1 microPa-m
that which is known (pinnipeds) root
to cause TTS). mean square (rms).
Level B Harassment.......... Behavioral 160 dB re 1 microPa-
Disruption (for m (rms).
impulse noises).
Level B Harassment.......... Behavioral 120 dB re 1 microPa-
Disruption (for m (rms).
continuous, noise).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 6 of BP's application contains a description of the
methodology used by BP to estimate takes by harassment, including
calculations for the 160 dB (rms) isopleth and marine mammal densities
in the areas of operation (see ADDRESSES), which is also provided in
the following sections. NMFS verified BP's methods, and used the
density and sound isopleth measurements in estimating take. However, as
noted later in this section, NMFS proposes to authorize the maximum
number of estimated takes for all species, not just for cetaceans as
presented by BP in order to ensure that exposure estimates are not
underestimated for pinnipeds.
The shallow geohazard survey will take place in two phases and has
an estimated duration of approximately 20 days, including 5 days
between the two phases where operations will be focused on changing
equipment. Data acquisition will be halted at the start of the Cross
Island fall bowhead whale hunt.
During phase 1 of the project, 2DHR seismic data will be acquired
in about 12 mi\2\ of the Site Survey area. The duration is estimated at
about 7.5 days, based on a continuous 24-hr operation and not including
downtime.
During phase 2, data will be acquired in the Site Survey area (11
mi\2\) and over approximately 5 mi\2\ of the 29 mi\2\ Sonar Survey area
using the multibeam echosounder, sidescan sonar, subbottom profiler,
and magnetometer. The total duration of Phase 2 is also expected to be
7.5 days, based on a continuous 24-hr operation and not including
downtime.
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Most whale species are migratory and therefore show a seasonal
distribution, with different densities for the summer period (covering
July and August) and the fall period (covering September and October).
Seal species in the Beaufort Sea do not show a distinct seasonal
[[Page 21540]]
distribution during the open-water period between July and October.
Data acquisition of the proposed shallow geohazard survey will only
take place in summer (before start of Nuiqsut whaling in late August/
early September), so BP estimated only summer densities for this
proposed IHA. Whale and seal densities in the Beaufort Sea will further
depend on the presence of sea ice. However, if ice cover within or
close to the seismic survey area is more than approximately 10%, survey
activities may not start or will be halted. Densities related to ice
conditions are therefore not included in the IHA application.
Spatial differentiation is another important factor for marine
mammal densities, both in latitudinal and longitudinal gradient. Taking
into account the shallow water operations of the proposed survey area
and the associated area of influence, BP used data from the nearshore
zone of the Beaufort Sea for the calculation of densities, if
available.
Density estimates are based on best available data. Because
available data did not always cover the area of interest, this is
subject to large temporal and spatial variation, and correction factors
for perception and availability bias were not always known, there is
some uncertainty in the data and assumptions used in the estimated
number of exposures. To provide allowance for these uncertainties,
maximum density estimates have been provided in addition to average
density estimates.
1. Beluga Whale Density Estimates
The 1979-2011 BWASP aerial survey database, available from the NOAA
Web site (https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/software/bwasp-comida.php),
contains a total of 62 belugas (31 sightings) in block 1, which covers
the nearshore and offshore Prudhoe Bay area. Except for one solitary
animal in 1992, all these belugas were seen in September or October;
the months with most aerial survey effort. None of the sightings
occurred south of 70[deg] N., which is to be expected because beluga
whales generally travel much farther north (Moore et al., 2000). The
summer effort in the 1979-2011 database is limited. Therefore, BP
believes and NMFS agrees that the 2012-2013 data are the best available
for calculating beluga summer densities (Clarke et al., 2013; https://www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/cetacean/bwasp/2013), even though the 2013 daily
flight summaries posted on NOAA's Web site have not undergone post-
season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of beluga whales in the Foggy Island Bay
area, BP used the 2012 on-transect beluga sighting and effort data from
the ASAMM surveys flown in July and August in the Beaufort Sea. The
area most applicable to our survey was the area from 140[deg] W.-
154[deg] W. and water depths of 0-20 m (Table 13 in Clarke et al.,
2013). In addition, BP used beluga sighting and effort data of the 2013
survey, as reported in the daily flight summaries on the NOAA Web site.
BP intended to only select flights that covered block 1. However, in
many cases the aerial surveys flown in block 1 also covered blocks 2
and 10, which were much farther from shore. Because it was difficult to
determine the survey effort specific to block 1 from the available
information, BP included the sighting and effort data from block 2 and
10 in the calculations. BP used the number of individuals counted on
transect, together with the transect kilometers flown, to calculate
density estimates (Table 4 in the application and Table 5 here). To
convert the number of individuals per transect kilometer (ind/km) to a
density per area (ind/km\2\), BP used the effective strip width (ESW)
of 0.614 km for belugas calculated from 2008-2012 aerial survey data
flown with the Commander aircraft (M. Ferguson, NMML, pers. comm., 30
Oct 2013).
Table 5--Summary of Beluga Sighting and Effort Data From the 2012 and 2013 ASAMM Aerial Surveys Flown in July
and August in the Beaufort Sea
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effort (ind/
Year km) NR. Ind Ind/km Ind/km\2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2012............................................ 1431 5 0.0035 0.0028
2013............................................ 7572 99 0.0131 0.0182
Average......................................... .............. .............. .............. 0.0105
Maximum......................................... .............. .............. .............. 0.0182
Minimum......................................... .............. .............. .............. 0.0028
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Bowhead Whale Density Estimates
To estimate summer bowhead whale densities, BP used data from the
2012 and 2013 ASAMM aerial surveys flown in the Beaufort Sea (Clarke et
al., 2013; www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/). The 1979-2011 ASAMM database
contains only one on-transect bowhead whale sighting during July and
August (in 2011), likely due to the limited summer survey effort. In
contrast, the 2012 and 2013 surveys include substantial effort during
the summer season and are thus considered to be the best available
data, even though the 2013 daily flight summaries posted on NOAA's Web
site have not undergone post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of bowhead whales in the Foggy Island Bay
area, BP used the 2012 on-transect bowhead sighting and effort data
from surveys flown in July and August in block 1 (Table 4 in Clarke et
al., 2013). In addition, BP used the on-transect bowhead sighting and
effort data of the 2013 survey, as reported in the daily flight
summaries on the NOAA Web site. BP intended to only select flights that
covered block 1. However, in many cases the aerial surveys flown in
block 1 also covered blocks 2 and 10, which were much farther from
shore. Because it was difficult to determine the survey effort specific
to block 1 from the available information, BP included the sighting and
effort data from block 2 and 10 in the calculations (Table 5 in the
application and Table 6 here). To convert the number of individuals per
line transect (ind/km) to a density per area (ind/km\2\), BP used the
ESW of 1.15 km for bowheads, calculated from 2008-2012 aerial survey
data flown with the Commander aircraft (M. Ferguson, NMML, pers. comm.,
30 Oct 2013).
[[Page 21541]]
Table 6--Summary of Bowhead Sighting and Effort Data From the 2012 and 2013 ASAMM Aerial Surveys Flown in July
and August in the Beaufort Sea
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effort (ind/
Year km) NR. ind Ind/km Ind/km\2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2012............................................ 1493 5 0.0033 0.0015
2013............................................ 3973 88 0.0221 0.0096
Average......................................... .............. .............. .............. 0.0055
Maximum......................................... .............. .............. .............. 0.0096
Minimum......................................... .............. .............. .............. 0.0015
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Other Whale Species
No densities have been estimated for gray whales and for whale
species that are rare or extralimital to the Beaufort Sea (killer whale
and harbor porpoise) because sightings of these animals have been very
infrequent. Gray whales may be encountered in small numbers throughout
the summer and fall, especially in the nearshore areas. Small numbers
of harbor porpoises may be encountered as well. During an aerial survey
offshore of Oliktok Point in 2008, approximately 40 mi (65 km) west of
the proposed survey area, two harbor porpoises were sighted offshore of
the barrier islands, one on 25 August and the other on 10 September
(Hauser et al., 2008). For the purpose of this IHA request, small
numbers have been included in the requested ``take'' authorization to
cover incidental occurrences of any of these species during the
proposed survey.
4. Seal Density Estimates
Ice seals of the Beaufort Sea are mostly associated with sea ice,
and most census methods count seals when they are hauled out on the
ice. To account for the proportion of animals present but not hauled
out (availability bias) or seals present on the ice but missed
(detection bias), a correction factor should be applied to the ``raw''
counts. This correction factor is dependent on the behavior of each
species. To estimate what proportion of ringed seals were generally
visible resting on the sea ice, radio tags were placed on seals during
spring 1999-2003 (Kelly et al., 2006). The probability that seals were
visible, derived from the satellite data, was applied to seal abundance
data from past aerial surveys and indicated that the proportion of
seals visible varied from less than 0.4 to more than 0.75 between
survey years. The environmental factors that are important in
explaining the availability of seals to be counted were found to be
time of day, date, wind speed, air temperature, and days from snow melt
(Kelly et al., 2006). Besides the uncertainty in the correction factor,
using counts of basking seals from spring surveys to predict seal
abundance in the open-water period is further complicated by the fact
that seal movements differ substantially between these two seasons.
Data from nine ringed seals that were tracked from one subnivean period
(early winter through mid-May or early June) to the next showed that
ringed seals covered large distances during the open-water foraging
period (Kelly et al., 2010b). Ringed seals tagged in 2011 close to
Barrow also show long distances traveled during the open-water season
(Herreman et al., 2012).
To estimate densities for ringed, bearded, and spotted seals, BP
used data collected during four shallow water OBC seismic surveys in
the Beaufort Sea (Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et al., 2008; Hauser et
al., 2008; HDR, 2012). Habitat and survey specifics are very similar to
the proposed survey; therefore, these data were considered to be more
representative than basking seal densities from spring aerial survey
data (e.g., Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al., 2002, 2004). NMFS
agreed that these data are likely more representative and appropriate
for use. However, since these data were not collected during surveys
designed to determine abundance, NMFS used the maximum estimates for
the proposed number of takes in this proposed IHA.
Because survey effort in kilometers was only reported for one of
the surveys, BP used sighting rate (ind/h) for calculating potential
seal exposures. No distinction is made in seal density between summer
and autumn season. Also, no correction factors have been applied to the
reported seal sighting rates.
Seal species ratios: During the 1996 OBC survey, 92% of all seal
species identified were ringed seals, 7% bearded seals and 1% spotted
seals (Harris et al., 2001). This 1996 survey occurred in two habitats,
one about 19 mi east of Prudhoe Bay near the McClure Islands, mainly
inshore of the barrier islands in water depths of 10 to 26 ft and the
other 6 to 30 mi northwest of Prudhoe Bay, about 0 to 8 mile offshore
of the barrier islands in water depths of 10 to 56 ft (Harris et al.,
2001). In 2008, two OBC seismic surveys occurred in the Beaufort Sea,
one in Foggy Island Bay, about 15 mi SE of Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al.,
2008), and the other at Oliktok Point, > 30 mi west of Prudhoe Bay
(Hauser et al., 2008). In 2012, an OBC seismic was done in Simpson
Lagoon, bordering the area surveyed in 2008 at Oliktok Point (HDR,
2012). Based on the number of identified individuals the ratio ringed,
bearded, and spotted seal was 75%, 8%, and 17%, respectively in Foggy
Island Bay (Aerts et al., 2008), 22%, 39%, and 39%, respectively at
Oliktok Point (Hauser et al., 2008), and 62%, 15%, and 23%,
respectively in Simpson Lagoon (HDR, 2012). Because it is often
difficult to identify seals to species, a large proportion of seal
sightings were unidentified in all four OBC surveys described here. The
total seal sighting rate was therefore used to calculate densities for
each species, using the average ratio over all four surveys for ringed,
bearded, and spotted seals, i.e., 63% ringed, 17% bearded, and 20%
spotted seals.
Seal sighting rates: During the 1996 OBC survey (Harris et al.,
2001) the sighting rate for all seals during periods when airguns were
not operating was 0.63 ind/h. The sighting rate during non-seismic
periods was 0.046 ind/h for the survey in Foggy Island Bay, just east
of Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al., 2008). The OBC survey that took place at
Oliktok Point recorded 0.0674 ind/h when airguns were not operating
(Hauser et al., 2008), and the maximum sighting rate during the Simpson
Lagoon OBC seismic survey was 0.030 ind/h (HDR, 2012).
The average seal sighting rate, based on these four surveys, was
0.193 ind/h. The maximum was 0.63 ind/h and the minimum 0.03 ind/h.
Using the proportion of ringed, bearded, and spotted seals as mentioned
above, BP estimated the average and maximum sighting rates (ind/h) for
each of the three seal species (Table 6 in the application and Table 7
here).
[[Page 21542]]
Table 7--Estimated Summer Densities of Whales and Sighting Rates of
Seals (Average and Maximum) for the Proposed Foggy Island Bay Survey.
Densities Are Provided in Number of Individuals Per Square Kilometer
(ind/km\2\), and Sighting Rates Are in Number of Individuals per Hour
(ind/h). No Densities or Sighting Rates Were Estimated for Extralimital
Species
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summer densities
(ind/km\2\)
Species -------------------
Average Maximum
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead whale....................................... 0.0015 0.0055
Beluga whale........................................ 0.0028 0.0105
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summer sighting
rates (ind/h)
-------------------
Average Maximum
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ringed seal......................................... 0.122 0.397
Bearded seal........................................ 0.033 0.107
Spotted seal........................................ 0.039 0.126
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Marine Mammal Density Summary
For the purpose of calculating the potential number of beluga and
bowhead whale exposures to received sound levels of >=160 dB re 1
[mu]Pa, BP used the minimum density from Tables 5 and 6 in this
document as the average density. The reason for this decision is that
the 2012 data only covered block 1 and were considered more
representative. To derive a maximum estimated number of exposures, BP
used the average densities from Tables 5 and 6 in this document. BP
considered this approach reasonable because the 2013 beluga and bowhead
whale sighting data included areas outside the zone of influence of the
proposed project. For example, in 2013, only 3 of the 89 beluga
sightings were seen in block 1. Table 7 in this document summarizes the
densities used in the calculation of potential number of exposures.
Level A and Level B Harassment Zone Distances
For the proposed 2014 shallow geohazard survey, BP used existing
sound source verification (SSV) measurements to establish distances to
received sound pressure levels (SPLs). Airgun arrays consist of a
cluster of independent sources. Because of this, and many other
factors, sounds generated by these arrays therefore do not propagate
evenly in all directions. BP included both broadside and endfire
measurements of the array in calculating distances to the various
received sound levels. Broadside and endfire measurements are not
applicable to mitigation gun measurements.
Seven SSV measurements exist of 20-400 in\3\ airgun arrays in the
shallow water environment of the Beaufort Sea that were considered to
be representative of the proposed 30 in\3\ airgun arrays. These
measurements were from 2008 (n = 4), 2011 (n = 1) and 2012 (n = 2), all
in water depths less than about 50 ft. For the 5 in\3\ mitigation gun,
measured distances of a 10 in\3\ mitigation gun from four shallow
hazard SSV surveys in the Beaufort Sea were used: One in 2007, two in
2008, and one in 2011. Table 7A in BP's application shows average,
maximum, and minimum measured distances to each of the four received
SPL rms levels for 20-40 in\3\ arrays and 10 in\3\ single gun. The
mitigation radii of the proposed 30 in\3\ airgun arrays and 5 in\3\ gun
were derived from the average distance of the 20-40 in\3\ and the 10
in\3\ SSV measurements, respectively (see Table 8 in BP's application).
Distances to sound pressure levels of 190, 180, and 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa,
generated by the proposed geophysical equipment is much lower than for
airguns (see Table 7B in BP's application). The operating frequency of
the sidescan sonar is within hearing range of toothed whales only, with
a distance of 50 m to 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and 230 m to 160 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms) (Warner & McCrodan, 2011). Sounds generated by the
subbottom profiler are within the hearing range of all marine mammal
species occurring in the area but do not produce sounds strong enough
to reach sound pressure levels of 190 or 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). The
distance to 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) is estimated at 30 m (Warner &
McCrodan, 2011). BP considered the distances derived from the existing
airgun arrays as summarized in Table 7A in BP's application as
representative for the proposed 30 in\3\ arrays. NMFS concurs with this
approach.
Table 8 in this document presents the radii used to estimate take
(160 dB isopleth) and to implement mitigation measures (180 dB and 190
dB isopleths) from the full airgun array and the 5 in\3\ mitigation
gun. However, take is only estimated using the larger radius of the
full airgun array.
Table 8--Distances (in Meters) To Be Used For Estimating Take by Level B Harassment and for Mitigation Purposes
During the Proposed 2014 North Prudhoe Bay 2014 Seismic Survey
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airgun discharge volume (in\3\) 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 in\3\............................. 70 200 1,600
5 in\3\.............................. 20 50 600
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Numbers of Marine Mammals Potentially Taken by Harassment
The potential number of marine mammals that might be exposed to the
160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) SPL was calculated differently for
cetaceans and pinnipeds, as described in Section 6.3 of BP's
application and next here. BP did not calculate take from the subbottom
profiler or from the sidescan sonar for toothed whales. Based on the
distance to the 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) isopleths for these sources
and the fact that NMFS proposes to authorize the maximum estimated
exposure estimate, the extremely minimal number of exposures that would
result from use of these sources is already accounted for in the airgun
exposure estimates.
1. Number of Cetaceans Potentially Taken by Harassment
The potential number of bowhead and beluga whales that might be
exposed to the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) sound pressure level was
calculated by multiplying:
The expected bowhead and beluga density as provided in
Tables 5 and 6 in this document (Tables 4 and 5 in BP's application);
The anticipated area around each source vessel that is
ensonified by the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) sound pressure level; and
The estimated number of 24-hr days that the source vessels
are operating.
The area expected to be ensonified by the 30 in\3\ array was
determined based on the maximum distance to the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms) SPL as determined from the maximum 20-40 in\3\ array measurements
(Table 7A in BP's application), which is 1.6 km. Based on
[[Page 21543]]
a radius of 1.6 km, the 160 dB isopleth used in the exposure
calculations was 8 km\2\.
The estimated number of 24-hr days of airgun operations is 7.5 days
(180 hours), not including downtime. Downtime is related to weather,
equipment maintenance, mitigation implementation, and other
circumstances.
Average and maximum estimates of the number of bowhead and beluga
whales potentially exposed to sound pressure levels of 160 dB re
1[mu]Pa (rms) or more are summarized in Table 9 in BP's application.
Species such as gray whale, killer whale, and harbor porpoise are not
expected to be encountered but might be present in very low numbers;
the maximum expected number of exposures for these species provided in
Table 9 of BP's application is based on the likelihood of incidental
occurrences.
The average and maximum number of bowhead whales potentially
exposed to sound levels of 160 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms) or more is estimated
at 0 and 1, respectively. BP requested to take three bowheads to
account for chance encounters. The average and maximum number of
potential beluga exposures to 160 dB is 0 and 1, respectively. Belugas
are known to show aggregate behavior and can occur in large numbers in
nearshore zones, as evidenced by the sighting at Endicott in August
2013. Therefore, for the unlikely event that a group of belugas appears
within the 160 dB isopleth during the proposed seismic survey, BP added
a number of 75 to the requested authorization. Chance encounters with
small numbers of other whale species are possible.
These estimated exposures do not take into account the proposed
mitigation measures, such as PSOs watching for animals, shutdowns or
power downs of the airguns when marine mammals are seen within defined
ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
2. Number of Pinnipeds Potentially Taken by Harassment
The estimated number of seals that might be exposed to pulsed
sounds of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) was calculated by multiplying:
The expected species specific sighting rate as provided in
Table 7 in this document (also in Table 6 in BP's application); and
The total number of hours that each source vessel will be
operating during the data acquisition period.
The estimated number of hours that airguns will be operating is 180
hours (7.5 days of 24 hour operations). The resulting average and
maximum number of ringed, bearded, and spotted seal exposures based on
180 hours of airgun operations are summarized in Table 9 of BP's
application. BP assumed that all seal sightings would occur within the
160 dB isopleth. These estimated exposures do not take into account the
proposed mitigation measures, such as PSOs watching for animals,
shutdowns or power downs of the airguns when marine mammals are seen
within defined ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
Estimated Take by Harassment Summary
Table 9 here outlines the density estimates used to estimate Level
B takes, the proposed Level B harassment take levels, the abundance of
each species in the Beaufort Sea, the percentage of each species or
stock estimated to be taken, and current population trends. As
explained earlier in this document, NMFS used the maximum density
estimates or sighting rates and proposes to authorize the maximum
estimates of exposures. Additionally, as explained earlier, density
estimates are not available for species that are uncommon in the
proposed survey area.
Table 9--Density Estimates or Species Sighting Rates, Proposed Level B Harassment Take Levels, Species or Stock Abundance, Percentage of Population
Proposed To Be Taken, and Species Trend Status
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Density
Species (/ Sighting rate Proposed Level Abundance Percentage of Trend
km\2\) (ind/hr) B take population
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga whale.............................. 0.0105 .............. 75 39,258 0.19 No reliable information.
Killer whale.............................. NA .............. 1 552 0.18 Stable.
Harbor porpoise........................... NA .............. 1 48,215 >0.01 No reliable information.
Bowhead whale............................. 0.0055 .............. 3 16,892 0.02 Increasing.
Gray whale................................ NA .............. 1 19,126 0.01 Increasing.
Bearded seal.............................. .............. 0.107 19 155,000 0.01 No reliable information.
Ringed seal............................... .............. 0.397 71 300,000 0.02 No reliable information.
Spotted seal.............................. .............. 0.126 23 141,479 0.02 No reliable information.
Ribbon seal............................... .............. NA 1 49,000 >0.01 No reliable information.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Analysis and Preliminary Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of Level B harassment takes,
alone, is not enough information on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through behavioral harassment,
NMFS must consider other factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration, etc.), the context of any
responses (critical reproductive time or location, migration, etc.), as
well as the number and nature of estimated Level A harassment takes,
the number of estimated mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status
of the species.
No injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur as a result of
BP's proposed shallow geohazard survey, and none are proposed to be
authorized. Additionally, animals in the area are not expected to incur
hearing impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-auditory physiological
effects. The number of takes that are anticipated and authorized are
expected to be limited to short-term Level B behavioral harassment.
While the airguns will be operated continuously for about 7.5 days, the
project time frame will occur when cetacean species are typically not
found in the project area or are found only in low numbers. While
pinnipeds are likely to be found in the proposed project area more
frequently, their distribution is dispersed enough that they likely
will not be in the Level B harassment zone continuously. As mentioned
previously in this document, pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of
anthropogenic sound than mystiectes.
[[Page 21544]]
The use of sidescan sonar, multibeam echosounder, and subbottom
profiler continuously for 7.5 days will not negatively impact marine
mammals as the majority of these instruments are operated outside of
the hearing frequencies of marine mammals.
The Alaskan Beaufort Sea is part of the main migration route of the
Western Arctic stock of bowhead whales. However, the seismic survey has
been planned to occur when the majority of the population is found in
the Canadian Beaufort Sea. Operation of airguns and other sound sources
will cease by midnight on August 25 before the main fall migration
begins and well before cow/calf pairs begin migrating through the area.
Additionally, several locations within the Beaufort Sea serve as
feeding grounds for bowhead whales. However, as mentioned earlier in
this document, the primary feeding grounds are not found in Foggy
Island Bay. The majority of bowhead whales feed in the Alaskan Beaufort
Sea during the fall migration period, which will occur after the
cessation of the survey.
Belugas that migrate through the U.S. Beaufort Sea typically do so
farther offshore (more than 37 mi [60 km]) and in deeper waters (more
than 656 ft [200 m]) than where the proposed survey activities would
occur. Gray whales are rarely sighted this far east in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea. Additionally, there are no known feeding grounds for gray
whales in the Foggy Island Bay area. The most northern feeding sites
known for this species are located in the Chukchi Sea near Hanna Shoal
and Point Barrow. The other cetacean species for which take is proposed
are uncommon in Foggy Island Bay, and no known feeding or calving
grounds occur in Foggy Island Bay for these species. Based on these
factors, exposures of cetaceans to anthropogenic sounds are not
expected to last for prolonged periods (i.e., several days) since they
are not known to remain in the area for extended periods of time in
July and August. Also, the shallow water location of the survey makes
it unlikely that cetaceans would remain in the area for prolonged
periods. Based on all of this information, the proposed project is not
anticipated to affect annual rates of recruitment or survival for
cetaceans in the area.
Ringed seals breed and pup in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea; however,
the proposed survey will occur outside of the breeding and pupping
seasons. The Beaufort Sea does not provide suitable habitat for the
other three ice seal species for breeding and pupping. Based on this
information, the proposed project is not anticipated to affect annual
rates of recruitment or survival for pinnipeds in the area.
Of the nine marine mammal species for which take is authorized, one
is listed as endangered under the ESA--the bowhead whale--and two are
listed as threatened--ringed and bearded seals. Schweder et al. (2009)
estimated the yearly growth rate to be 3.2% (95% CI = 0.5-4.8%) between
1984 and 2003 using a sight-resight analysis of aerial photographs.
There are currently no reliable data on trends of the ringed and
bearded seal stocks in Alaska. The ribbon seal is listed as a species
of concern under the ESA. Certain stocks or populations of gray,
killer, and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as endangered or
are proposed for listing under the ESA; however, none of those stocks
or populations occur in the activity area. There is currently no
established critical habitat in the project area for any of these nine
species.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from BP's proposed shallow geohazard survey in Foggy Island
Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska, will have a negligible impact on the
affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
The requested takes proposed to be authorized represent less than
1% of all populations or stocks (see Table 9 in this document). These
take estimates represent the percentage of each species or stock that
could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment if each animal is taken
only once. The numbers of marine mammals taken are small relative to
the affected species or stock sizes. In addition, the mitigation and
monitoring measures (described previously in this document) proposed
for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are expected to reduce even
further any potential disturbance to marine mammals. NMFS preliminarily
finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to
the populations of the affected species or stocks. Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence
Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
The disturbance and potential displacement of marine mammals by
sounds from the proposed survey are the principal concerns related to
subsistence use of the area. Subsistence remains the basis for Alaska
Native culture and community. Marine mammals are legally hunted in
Alaskan waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In rural Alaska, subsistence
activities are often central to many aspects of human existence,
including patterns of family life, artistic expression, and community
religious and celebratory activities. Additionally, the animals taken
for subsistence provide a significant portion of the food that will
last the community throughout the year. The main species that are
hunted include bowhead and beluga whales, ringed, spotted, and bearded
seals, walruses, and polar bears. (As mentioned previously in this
document, both the walrus and the polar bear are under the USFWS'
jurisdiction.) The importance of each of these species varies among the
communities and is largely based on availability.
Residents of the village of Nuiqsut are the primary subsistence
users in the project area. The communities of Barrow and Kaktovik also
harvest resources that pass through the area of interest but do not
hunt in or near the Foggy Island Bay area. Subsistence hunters from all
three communities conduct an annual hunt for autumn-migrating bowhead
whales. Barrow also conducts a bowhead hunt in spring. Residents of all
three communities hunt seals. Other subsistence activities include
fishing, waterfowl and seaduck harvests, and hunting for walrus, beluga
whales, polar bears, caribou, and moose.
Nuiqsut is the community closest to the seismic survey area
(approximately 73 mi [117.5 km] southwest). Nuiqsut hunters harvest
bowhead whales only during the fall whaling season (Long, 1996). In
recent years, Nuiqsut whalers have typically landed three or four
whales per year. Nuiqsut whalers concentrate their efforts on areas
north and east of Cross Island, generally in water depths greater than
66 ft (20 m; Galginaitis, 2009). Cross Island is the principal base for
Nuiqsut whalers while they are hunting bowheads (Long, 1996). Cross
Island is located approximately 10 mi (16 km) from the closest boundary
of the survey area.
Kaktovik whalers search for whales east, north, and occasionally
west of Kaktovik. Kaktovik is located approximately 91 mi (146.5 km)
east of Foggy Island Bay. The western most reported harvest location
was about 13 mi (21 km) west of Kaktovik, near 70[deg]10' N.,
144[deg]11' W. (Kaleak, 1996). That site is about 80 mi (129 km) east
of the proposed survey area.
Barrow whalers search for whales much farther from the Foggy Island
Bay area--about 200+ mi (322+ km) to the west. Barrow hunters have
expressed
[[Page 21545]]
concerns about ``downstream'' effects to bowhead whales during the
westward fall migration; however, BP will cease airgun operations prior
to the start of the fall migration.
Beluga whales are not a prevailing subsistence resource in the
communities of Kaktovik and Nuiqsut. Kaktovik hunters may harvest one
beluga whale in conjunction with the bowhead hunt; however, it appears
that most households obtain beluga through exchanges with other
communities. Although Nuiqsut hunters have not hunted belugas for many
years while on Cross Island for the fall hunt, this does not mean that
they may not return to this practice in the future. Data presented by
Braund and Kruse (2009) indicate that only 1% of Barrow's total harvest
between 1962 and 1982 was of beluga whales and that it did not account
for any of the harvested animals between 1987 and 1989.
Ringed seals are available to subsistence users in the Beaufort Sea
year-round, but they are primarily hunted in the winter or spring due
to the rich availability of other mammals in the summer. Bearded seals
are primarily hunted during July in the Beaufort Sea; however, in 2007,
bearded seals were harvested in the months of August and September at
the mouth of the Colville River Delta, which is approximately 50+ mi
(80+ km) from the proposed survey area. However, this sealing area can
reach as far east as Pingok Island, which is approximately 20 mi (32
km) west of the survey area. An annual bearded seal harvest occurs in
the vicinity of Thetis Island (which is a considerable distance from
Foggy Island Bay) in July through August. Approximately 20 bearded
seals are harvested annually through this hunt. Spotted seals are
harvested by some of the villages in the summer months. Nuiqsut hunters
typically hunt spotted seals in the nearshore waters off the Colville
River Delta. The majority of the more established seal hunts that occur
in the Beaufort Sea, such as the Colville delta area hunts, are located
a significant distance (in some instances 50 mi [80 km] or more) from
the project area.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as: ``. . . an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That
is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.''
Noise and general activity during BP's proposed shallow geohazard
survey have the potential to impact marine mammals hunted by Native
Alaskan. In the case of cetaceans, the most common reaction to
anthropogenic sounds (as noted previously) is avoidance of the
ensonified area. In the case of bowhead whales, this often means that
the animals divert from their normal migratory path by several
kilometers. Helicopter activity, although not really anticipated, also
has the potential to disturb cetaceans and pinnipeds by causing them to
vacate the area. Additionally, general vessel presence in the vicinity
of traditional hunting areas could negatively impact a hunt. Native
knowledge indicates that bowhead whales become increasingly
``skittish'' in the presence of seismic noise. Whales are more wary
around the hunters and tend to expose a much smaller portion of their
back when surfacing (which makes harvesting more difficult).
Additionally, natives report that bowheads exhibit angry behaviors in
the presence of seismic, such as tail-slapping, which translate to
danger for nearby subsistence harvesters.
Plan of Cooperation or Measures To Minimize Impacts to Subsistence
Hunts
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for
activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a Plan of
Cooperation or information that identifies what measures have been
taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the
availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes. BP has begun
discussions with the Alaska Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC) to develop
a Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA) intended to minimize potential
interference with bowhead subsistence hunting. BP also attended and
participated in meetings with the AEWC on December 13, 2013, and will
attend future meetings to be scheduled in 2014. The CAA, when executed,
will describe measures to minimize any adverse effects on the
availability of bowhead whales for subsistence uses.
The North Slope Borough Department of Wildlife Management (NSB-DWM)
will be consulted, and BP plans to present the project to the NSB
Planning Commission in 2014. BP will hold meetings in the community of
Nuiqsut to present the proposed project, address questions and concerns
from community members, and provide them with contact information of
project management to which they can direct concerns during the survey.
During the NMFS Open-Water Meeting in Anchorage in 2013, BP presented
their proposed projects to various stakeholders that were present
during this meeting.
BP will continue to engage with the affected subsistence
communities regarding its Beaufort Sea activities. As in previous
years, BP will meet formally and/or informally with several stakeholder
entities: The NSB Planning Department, NSB-DWM, NMFS, AEWC, Inupiat
Community of the Arctic Slope, Inupiat History Language and Culture
Center, USFWS, Nanuq and Walrus Commissions, and Alaska Department of
Fish & Game.
Project information was provided to and input on subsistence
obtained from the AEWC and Nanuq Commission at the following meetings:
AEWC, October 17, 2013; and
Nanuq Commission, October 17, 2013.
Additional meetings with relevant stakeholders will be scheduled
and a record of attendance and topics discussed will be maintained and
submitted to NMFS.
BP proposes to implement several mitigation measures to reduce
impacts on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence hunts in
the Beaufort Sea. Many of these measures were developed from the 2013
CAA and previous NSB Development Permits. In addition to the measures
listed next, BP will cease all airgun operations by midnight on August
25 to allow time for the Beaufort Sea communities to prepare for their
fall bowhead whale hunts prior to the beginning of the fall westward
migration through the Beaufort Sea. Some of the measures mentioned next
have been mentioned previously in this document:
PSOs on board vessels are tasked with looking out for
whales and other marine mammals in the vicinity of the vessel to assist
the vessel captain in avoiding harm to whales and other marine
mammals.;
Vessels and aircraft will avoid areas where species that
are sensitive to noise or vessel movements are concentrated;
Communications and conflict resolution are detailed in the
CAA. BP will participate in the Communications Center that is operated
annually during the bowhead subsistence hunt;
Communications with the village of Nuiqsut to discuss
community questions or concerns including all subsistence hunting
activities. Pre-project meeting(s) with Nuiqsut
[[Page 21546]]
representatives will be held at agreed times with groups in the
community of Nuiqsut. If additional meetings are requested, they will
be set up in a similar manner;
Contact information for BP will be provided to community
members and distributed in a manner agreed at the community meeting;
BP has contracted with a liaison from Nuiqsut who will
help coordinate meetings and serve as an additional contact for local
residents during planning and operations; and
Inupiat Communicators will be employed and work on seismic
source vessels. They will also serve as PSOs.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Preliminary Determination
BP has adopted a spatial and temporal strategy for its Foggy Island
Bay survey that should minimize impacts to subsistence hunters. First,
BP's activities will not commence until after the spring hunts have
occurred. Second, BP will cease all airgun operations by midnight on
August 25 prior to the start of the bowhead whale fall westward
migration and any fall subsistence hunts by Beaufort Sea communities.
Foggy Island Bay is not commonly used for subsistence hunts. Although
some seal hunting co-occurs temporally with BP's proposed survey, the
locations do not overlap. BP's presence will not place physical
barriers between the sealers and the seals. Additionally, BP will work
closely with the closest affected communities and support
Communications Centers and employ local Inupiat Communicators. Based on
the description of the specified activity, the measures described to
minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for
subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from BP's proposed
activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Within the project area, the bowhead whale is listed as endangered
and the ringed and bearded seals are listed as threatened under the
ESA. NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation
with staff in NMFS' Alaska Region Protected Resources Division under
section 7 of the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to BP under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be
concluded prior to a determination on the issuance of an IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
NMFS is currently conducting an analysis, pursuant to NEPA, to
determine whether this proposed IHA may have a significant effect on
the human environment. This analysis will be completed prior to the
issuance or denial of this proposed IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to BP for conducting a shallow geohazard survey in the
Foggy Island Bay area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the 2014
open-water season, provided the previously mentioned mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. The proposed
IHA language is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
issued).
1. This IHA is valid from July 1, 2014, through September 30, 2014.
2. This IHA is valid only for activities associated with open-water
shallow geohazard surveys and related activities in the Beaufort Sea.
The specific areas where BP's surveys will be conducted are within the
Foggy Island Bay Area, Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as shown in Figure 1 of
BP's IHA application.
3. Species Authorized and Level of Take:
a. The incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment
only, is limited to the following species in the waters of the Beaufort
Sea:
i. Odontocetes: 75 Beluga whales; 1 killer whale; and 1 harbor
porpoise.
ii. Mysticetes: 3 Bowhead whales and 1 gray whale.
iii. Pinnipeds: 71 Ringed seals; 19 bearded seals; 23 spotted
seals; and 1 ribbon seal.
iv. If any marine mammal species not listed in conditions 3(a)(i)
through (iii) are encountered during seismic survey operations and are
likely to be exposed to sound pressure levels (SPLs) greater than or
equal to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) for impulse sources, then the
Holder of this IHA must shut-down the sound source to avoid take.
b. The taking by injury (Level A harassment) serious injury, or
death of any of the species listed in condition 3(a) or the taking of
any kind of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may
result in the modification, suspension or revocation of this IHA.
4. The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the
following acoustic sources (or sources with comparable frequency and
intensity) and from the following activities:
a. 30 in\3\ airgun arrays;
b. 10 in\3\ and/or 5 in\3\ mitigation airguns; and
c. Vessel activities related to the OBS seismic survey.
5. The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under
this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to
the Alaska Regional Administrator or his designee and the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
or her designee.
6. The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at
least 48 hours prior to the start of collecting seismic data (unless
constrained by the date of issuance of this IHA in which case
notification shall be made as soon as possible).
7. Mitigation Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is
required to implement the following mitigation requirements when
conducting the specified activities to achieve the least practicable
impact on affected marine mammal species or stocks:
a. General Vessel and Aircraft Mitigation
i. Avoid concentrations or groups of whales by all vessels under
the direction of BP. Operators of support vessels should, at all times,
conduct their activities at the maximum distance possible from such
concentrations of whales.
ii. The vessel shall be operated at speeds necessary to ensure no
physical contact with whales occurs. If the vessel approaches within
1.6 km (1 mi) of observed whales, except when providing emergency
assistance to whalers or in other emergency situations, the vessel
operator will take reasonable precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the whales by taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
A. Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards (900
feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
B. Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
C. Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
D. Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction;
E. Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that
[[Page 21547]]
no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged; and
F. Reducing vessel speed to less than 9 knots when weather
conditions reduce visibility.
iii. When weather conditions require, such as when visibility
drops, adjust vessel speed accordingly to avoid the likelihood of
injury to whales.
iv. In the event that any aircraft (such as helicopters) are used
to support the planned survey, the mitigation measures below would
apply:
A. Under no circumstances, other than an emergency, shall aircraft
be operated at an altitude lower than 1,000 feet above sea level when
within 0.3 mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
B. Helicopters shall not hover or circle above or within 0.3 mile
(0.5 km) of groups of whales.
C. At all other times, aircraft should attempt not to fly below
1,000 ft except during emergencies and take-offs and landings.
b. Seismic Airgun Mitigation
i. Whenever a marine mammal is detected outside the exclusion zone
radius and based on its position and motion relative to the ship track
is likely to enter the exclusion radius, calculate and implement an
alternative ship speed or track or de-energize the airgun array, as
described in condition 7(b)(iv) below.
ii. Exclusion Zones:
A. Establish and monitor with trained PSOs an exclusion zone for
cetaceans surrounding the airgun array on the source vessel where the
received level would be 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa rms. This radius is
estimated to be 200 m from the seismic source for the 30 in\3\ airgun
arrays and 50 m for a single 5 in\3\ airgun.
B. Establish and monitor with trained PSOs an exclusion zone for
pinnipeds surrounding the airgun array on the source vessel where the
received level would be 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa rms. This radius is
estimated to be 70 m from the seismic source for the 30 in\3\ airgun
arrays and 20 m for a single 5 in\3\ airgun.
iii. Ramp-up:
A. A ramp-up, following a cold start, can be applied if the
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
B. Ramp-up procedures from a cold start shall be delayed if a
marine mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone during the 30-minute
period prior to the ramp up. The delay shall last until the marine
mammal(s) has been observed to leave the exclusion zone or until the
animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes
applies to pinnipeds, while a 30 minute observation period applies to
cetaceans.
C. A ramp-up, following a shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown occurred has been observed to leave
the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted for at least
15 minutes (pinnipeds) or 30 minutes (cetaceans).
D. If, for any reason, electrical power to the airgun array has
been discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up
procedures shall be implemented. Only if the PSO watch has been
suspended, a 30-minute clearance of the exclusion zone is required
prior to commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a ramp-up.
E. The seismic operator and PSOs shall maintain records of the
times when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
F. The ramp-up will be conducted by doubling the number of
operating airguns at 5-minute intervals, starting with the smallest gun
in the array.
iv. Power-down/Shutdown:
A. The airgun array shall be immediately powered down (reduction in
the number of operating airguns such that the radii of exclusion zones
are decreased) whenever a marine mammal is sighted approaching close to
or within the applicable exclusion zone of the full array, but is
outside the applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun.
B. If a marine mammal is already within the exclusion zone when
first detected, the airguns shall be powered down immediately.
C. Following a power-down, ramp-up to the full airgun array shall
not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone. The
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone if it is
visually observed to have left the exclusion zone of the full array, or
has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes (pinnipeds) or 30
minutes (cetaceans).
D. If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the 190
or 180 dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun, the airgun array shall be shutdown immediately.
E. Airgun activity after a complete shutdown shall not resume until
the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone as
described above under ramp-up procedures.
v. Poor Visibility Conditions:
A. If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or darkness, the
full 180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot commence
a ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
B. If one or more airguns have been operational before nightfall or
before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can remain
operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. In this
case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine mammals will be
alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have moved away.
C. The mitigation airgun will be operated at approximately one shot
per minute and will not be operated for longer than three hours in
duration during daylight hours and good visibility. In cases when the
next start-up after the turn is expected to be during lowlight or low
visibility, use of the mitigation airgun may be initiated 30 minutes
before darkness or low visibility conditions occur and may be operated
until the start of the next seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at approximately one shot per minute.
c. Subsistence Mitigation
i. Airgun and echosounder, sonar, and subbottom profiler operations
must cease no later than midnight on August 25, 2014;
ii. BP will participate in the Communications Center that is
operated annually during the bowhead subsistence hunt; and
iii. Inupiat communicators will work on the seismic vessels.
8. Monitoring
a. The holder of this Authorization must designate biologically-
trained, on-site individuals (PSOs) to be onboard the source vessels,
who are approved in advance by NMFS, to conduct the visual monitoring
programs required under this Authorization and to record the effects of
seismic surveys and the resulting sound on marine mammals.
i. PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat observers and experienced
field biologists. An experienced field crew leader will supervise the
PSO team onboard the survey vessel. New observers shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
ii. Crew leaders and most other biologists serving as observers
will be individuals with experience as observers during recent seismic
or shallow hazards monitoring projects in
[[Page 21548]]
Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort, or other offshore areas in recent years.
iii. PSOs shall complete a training session on marine mammal
monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the anticipated start of the
2014 open-water season. The training session(s) will be conducted by
qualified marine mammalogists with extensive crew-leader experience
during previous vessel-based monitoring programs. An observers'
handbook, adapted for the specifics of the planned survey program will
be reviewed as part of the training.
iv. If there are Alaska Native PSOs, the PSO training that is
conducted prior to the start of the survey activities shall be
conducted with both Alaska Native PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained
at the same time in the same room. There shall not be separate training
courses for the different PSOs.
v. Crew members should not be used as primary PSOs because they
have other duties and generally do not have the same level of
expertise, experience, or training as PSOs, but they could be stationed
on the fantail of the vessel to observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array and implement a power-down or shutdown if
a marine mammal enters the exclusion zone).
vi. If crew members are to be used as PSOs, they shall go through
some basic training consistent with the functions they will be asked to
perform. The best approach would be for crew members and PSOs to go
through the same training together.
vii. PSOs shall be trained using visual aids (e.g., videos,
photos), to help them identify the species that they are likely to
encounter in the conditions under which the animals will likely be
seen.
viii. BP shall train its PSOs to follow a scanning schedule that
consistently distributes scanning effort according to the purpose and
need for observations. For example, the schedule might call for 60% of
scanning effort to be directed toward the near field and 40% at the far
field. All PSOs should follow the same schedule to ensure consistency
in their scanning efforts.
ix. PSOs shall be trained in documenting the behaviors of marine
mammals. PSOs should simply record the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting, approaching or moving away
from vessels) and relative location of the observed marine mammals.
b. To the extent possible, PSOs should be on duty for four (4)
consecutive hours or less, although more than one four-hour shift per
day is acceptable; however, an observer shall not be on duty for more
than 12 hours in a 24-hour period.
c. Monitoring is to be conducted by the PSOs onboard the active
seismic vessels to ensure that no marine mammals enter the appropriate
exclusion zone whenever the seismic acoustic sources are on and to
record marine mammal activity as described in condition 8(f). Two PSOs
will be present on the vessel. At least one PSO shall monitor for
marine mammals at any time during daylight hours.
d. At all times, the crew must be instructed to keep watch for
marine mammals. If any are sighted, the bridge watch-stander must
immediately notify the PSO(s) on-watch. If a marine mammal is within or
closely approaching its designated exclusion zone, the seismic acoustic
sources must be immediately powered down or shutdown (in accordance
with condition 7(b)(iv)).
e. Observations by the PSOs on marine mammal presence and activity
will begin a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the estimated time that the
seismic source is to be turned on and/or ramped-up.
f. All marine mammal observations and any airgun power-down, shut-
down and ramp-up will be recorded in a standardized format. Data will
be entered into a custom database. The accuracy of the data entry will
be verified daily through QA/QC procedures. These procedures will allow
initial summaries of data to be prepared during and shortly after the
field program, and will facilitate transfer of the data to other
programs for further processing and archiving.
g. Monitoring shall consist of recording:
i. The species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if
determinable), the general behavioral activity, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue,
behavioral pace, and apparent reaction of all marine mammals seen near
the seismic vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none, avoidance,
approach, paralleling, etc);
ii. The time, location, heading, speed, and activity of the vessel
(shooting or not), along with sea state, visibility, cloud cover and
sun glare at:
A. Any time a marine mammal is sighted (including pinnipeds hauled
out on barrier islands),
B. At the start and end of each watch, and
C. During a watch (whenever there is a change in one or more
variable);
iii. The identification of all vessels that are visible within 5 km
of the seismic vessel whenever a marine mammal is sighted, and the time
observed, bearing, distance, heading, speed and activity of the other
vessel(s);
iv. Any identifiable marine mammal behavioral response (sighting
data should be collected in a manner that will not detract from the
PSO's ability to detect marine mammals);
v. Any adjustments made to operating procedures; and
iv. Visibility during observation periods so that total estimates
of take can be corrected accordingly.
h. BP shall work with its observers to develop a means for
recording data that does not reduce observation time significantly.
i. PSOs shall use the best possible positions for observing (e.g.,
outside and as high on the vessel as possible), taking into account
weather and other working conditions. PSOs shall carefully document
visibility during observation periods so that total estimates of take
can be corrected accordingly.
j. PSOs shall scan systematically with the unaided eye and reticle
binoculars, and other devices.
k. PSOs shall attempt to maximize the time spent looking at the
water and guarding the exclusion radii. They shall avoid the tendency
to spend too much time evaluating animal behavior or entering data on
forms, both of which detract from their primary purpose of monitoring
the exclusion zone.
l. Night-vision equipment (Generation 3 binocular image
intensifiers, or equivalent units) shall be available for use during
low light hours, and BP shall continue to research methods of detecting
marine mammals during periods of low visibility.
m. PSOs shall understand the importance of classifying marine
mammals as ``unknown'' or ``unidentified'' if they cannot identify the
animals to species with confidence. In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the animal had a dorsal fin.
n. Additional details about unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ``blow only'', mysticete with (or without) a dorsal fin, ``seal
splash'', etc., shall be recorded.
o. BP shall conduct a fish and airgun sound monitoring program as
described in the IHA application and further refined in consultation
with an expert panel.
9. Data Analysis and Presentation in Reports:
a. Estimation of potential takes or exposures shall be improved for
times with low visibility (such as during fog
[[Page 21549]]
or darkness) through interpolation or possibly using a probability
approach. Those data could be used to interpolate possible takes during
periods of restricted visibility.
b. Water depth should be continuously recorded by the vessel and
for each marine mammal sighting. Water depth should be accounted for in
the analysis of take estimates.
c. BP shall be very clear in their report about what periods are
considered ``non-seismic'' for analyses.
d. BP shall examine data from ASAMM and other such programs to
assess possible impacts from their seismic survey.
e. To better assess impacts to marine mammals, data analysis shall
be separated into periods when a seismic airgun array (or a single
mitigation airgun) is operating and when it is not. Final and
comprehensive reports to NMFS should summarize and plot:
i. Data for periods when a seismic array is active and when it is
not; and
ii. The respective predicted received sound conditions over fairly
large areas (tens of km) around operations.
f. To help evaluate the effectiveness of PSOs and more effectively
estimate take, if appropriate data are available, BP shall perform
analysis of sightability curves (detection functions) for distance-
based analyses.
g. BP should improve take estimates and statistical inference into
effects of the activities by incorporating the following measures:
i. Reported results from all hypothesis tests should include
estimates of the associated statistical power when practicable.
ii. Estimate and report uncertainty in all take estimates.
Uncertainty could be expressed by the presentation of confidence
limits, a minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, etc.;
the exact approach would be selected based on the sampling method and
data available.
10. Reporting Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is
required to:
a. A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end
of the proposed seismic survey. The report will summarize all
activities and monitoring results conducted during in-water seismic
surveys. The Technical Report will include the following:
i. Summary of project start and end dates, airgun activity, number
of guns, and the number and circumstances of implementing ramp-up,
power down, shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
ii. Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period,
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals);
iii. Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers,
and fog/glare);
iv. Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender
categories (if determinable), and group sizes;
v. Analyses of the effects of survey operations;
vi. Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without seismic survey activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability), such as:
A. Initial sighting distances versus survey activity state;
B. Closest point of approach versus survey activity state;
C. Observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey activity
state;
D. Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus survey activity
state;
E. Distribution around the source vessels versus survey activity
state; and
F. Estimates of exposures of marine mammals to Level B harassment
thresholds based on presence in the 160 dB harassment zone.
b. The draft report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS.
Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report
prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered the
final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has not
provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of the
draft report.
c. BP will present the results of the fish and airgun sound study
to NMFS in a detailed report.
11. Notification of Dead or Injured Marine Mammals
a. In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA,
such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury or mortality
(e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), BP would
immediately cease the specified activities and immediately report the
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding
Coordinators. The report would include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Name and type of vessel involved;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Description of the incident;
Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
Water depth;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24
hours preceding the incident;
Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
Fate of the animal(s); and
Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if
equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or
telephone.
b. In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is
unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above. Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work
with BP to determine whether modifications in the activities are
appropriate.
c. In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated
with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), BP would report the incident to
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the
discovery. BP would provide photographs or video footage (if available)
or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the
Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
12. Activities related to the monitoring described in this IHA do
not require a separate scientific research
[[Page 21550]]
permit issued under section 104 of the MMPA.
13. BP is required to comply with the Reasonable and Prudent
Measures and Terms and Conditions of the Incidental Take Statement
(ITS) corresponding to NMFS' Biological Opinion.
14. A copy of this IHA and the ITS must be in the possession of all
contractors and PSOs operating under the authority of this IHA.
15. Penalties and Permit Sanctions: Any person who violates any
provision of this Incidental Harassment Authorization is subject to
civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and forfeiture as
authorized under the MMPA.
16. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the Holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or
stocks for subsistence uses.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and
any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for BP's proposed
shallow geohazard survey in the Foggy Island Bay area of the Beaufort
Sea, Alaska, during the 2014 open-water season. Please include with
your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help
inform our final decision on BP's request for an MMPA authorization.
Dated: April 10, 2014.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2014-08534 Filed 4-15-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P